From 5264409d4691ab426831cbf940eab2a5f5254eee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 5 Oct 2022 21:42:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 01/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 58d4a00d9b..1e19190eff 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -775,9 +775,9 @@ MRK 10 49 n6xl figs-abstractnouns θάρσει 1 If your language does not use MRK 10 52 s5d2 figs-explicit ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has healed you This phrase is written this way to place emphasis on the man’s **faith**. Jesus heals the man because the man believes that Jesus can heal him. If it would be helpful in your language, this could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I am healing you because you have believed in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 10 52 bjuw figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “trusted,” as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the meaning of **faith** some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 10 52 ub7w figs-abstractnouns ἀνέβλεψεν 1 he was following him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sight**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “see,” as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the meaning of **sight** in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MRK 11 intro xg3t 0 # Mark 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [Mark 11:9-10](../mrk/11/09.md) and [Mark 11:17](../mrk/11/17.md), which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The donkey and the colt

Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md)) +MRK 11 intro xg3t 0 # Mark 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [Mark 11:9-10](../mrk/11/09.md) and [Mark 11:17](../mrk/11/17.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both; the donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md)) MRK 11 1 ch4j figs-go ἐγγίζουσιν 1 And when they come to Jerusalem, to Bethphage and Bethany, to the Mount of Olives Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -MRK 11 1 g1fy translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 Bethphage **Bethphage** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 11 1 g1fy translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 Bethphage The word **Bethphage** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 11 2 bi22 figs-go ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν κώμην 1 opposite us Your language may say “Come” rather than **Go** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Come into the village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 11 2 si41 figs-youdual ὑμῶν…εὑρήσετε 1 Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in both of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual) MRK 11 2 r41g translate-unknown πῶλον 1 a colt The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) From 8905404aa7f8a911afb38af770941a259675bbfa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 5 Oct 2022 21:43:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 02/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 1e19190eff..85d369e139 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ MRK 11 2 si41 figs-youdual ὑμῶν…εὑρήσετε 1 Since the word **yo MRK 11 2 r41g translate-unknown πῶλον 1 a colt The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MRK 11 2 yw78 figs-gendernotations οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 on which no man has yet sat Although the term **man** is masculine, Mark is using the word here in a generic sense, that includes both men and women. He means that “no one” had yet sat on the donkey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “no person has yet sat” or “no one has yet sat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 11 2 zloo figs-metonymy οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no person has ever ridden” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy) -MRK 11 3 aw3v figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? εἴπατε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει, καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 This verse contains two direct quotations within a direct quotation. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two direct quotations in this verse as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “And if anyone asks you why you are untying the donkey tell them that the Lord needs it and will send it back here as soon as he is done using it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 11 3 aw3v figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? εἴπατε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει, καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 This verse contains two direct quotations within a direct quotation. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two direct quotations in this verse as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “And if anyone asks you why you are untying the donkey, tell them that the Lord needs it and will send it back here as soon as he is done using it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 11 3 q446 figs-youdual ποιεῖτε 1 The owners of the colt are speaking to the two disciples, so **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual) MRK 11 3 xw55 figs-explicit τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? 1 Why are you doing this? If it would be helpful in your language, you could say explicitly what the phrase **doing this** refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 11 3 k7fd figs-abstractnouns αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 has need of it If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **need**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “needs it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From b28ef5d74a68985e0e3cf2a2b0214d774022e105 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 5 Oct 2022 21:45:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 03/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 85d369e139..38af45dbee 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ MRK 11 2 r41g translate-unknown πῶλον 1 a colt The term **colt** refers to MRK 11 2 yw78 figs-gendernotations οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 on which no man has yet sat Although the term **man** is masculine, Mark is using the word here in a generic sense, that includes both men and women. He means that “no one” had yet sat on the donkey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “no person has yet sat” or “no one has yet sat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 11 2 zloo figs-metonymy οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no person has ever ridden” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy) MRK 11 3 aw3v figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? εἴπατε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει, καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 This verse contains two direct quotations within a direct quotation. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two direct quotations in this verse as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “And if anyone asks you why you are untying the donkey, tell them that the Lord needs it and will send it back here as soon as he is done using it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -MRK 11 3 q446 figs-youdual ποιεῖτε 1 The owners of the colt are speaking to the two disciples, so **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual) +MRK 11 3 q446 figs-youdual ποιεῖτε 1 The villagers would be speaking to the two disciples, so **you** would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual) MRK 11 3 xw55 figs-explicit τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? 1 Why are you doing this? If it would be helpful in your language, you could say explicitly what the phrase **doing this** refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 11 3 k7fd figs-abstractnouns αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 has need of it If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **need**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “needs it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 11 3 yj5y εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 immediately he sends it back here Alternate translation: “will immediately send it back when he no longer needs it” From 0e29f4a74496b09441c827b9509c5de70cff8e7b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 5 Oct 2022 23:09:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 04/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 38af45dbee..8db210f4d7 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ MRK 11 2 zloo figs-metonymy οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθ MRK 11 3 aw3v figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? εἴπατε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει, καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 This verse contains two direct quotations within a direct quotation. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two direct quotations in this verse as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “And if anyone asks you why you are untying the donkey, tell them that the Lord needs it and will send it back here as soon as he is done using it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 11 3 q446 figs-youdual ποιεῖτε 1 The villagers would be speaking to the two disciples, so **you** would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual) MRK 11 3 xw55 figs-explicit τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? 1 Why are you doing this? If it would be helpful in your language, you could say explicitly what the phrase **doing this** refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 11 3 k7fd figs-abstractnouns αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 has need of it If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **need**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “needs it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 11 3 k7fd figs-abstractnouns αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 has need of it If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **need**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “requires it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 11 3 yj5y εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 immediately he sends it back here Alternate translation: “will immediately send it back when he no longer needs it” MRK 11 4 y381 writing-pronouns ἀπῆλθον 1 they went away Here, **they** refers to the two disciples mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 11 4 f6hc πῶλον 1 See how you translated **colt** in [Mark 11:2](../11/02.md). Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” From f7b0c9bc415c31643240ace6bbd90d79f265fdc6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 5 Oct 2022 23:14:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 05/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 8db210f4d7..642d1e0b6e 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ MRK 11 3 k7fd figs-abstractnouns αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 has need MRK 11 3 yj5y εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 immediately he sends it back here Alternate translation: “will immediately send it back when he no longer needs it” MRK 11 4 y381 writing-pronouns ἀπῆλθον 1 they went away Here, **they** refers to the two disciples mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 11 4 f6hc πῶλον 1 See how you translated **colt** in [Mark 11:2](../11/02.md). Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” -MRK 11 7 k9g7 translate-unknown τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks The word **cloaks** refers to outer garments. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown) +MRK 11 7 k9g7 translate-unknown τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks The word **cloaks** refers to outer garments. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown) MRK 11 7 sbqy figs-explicit ἐπιβάλλουσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 The disciples did this to show that the person riding the colt was special and important. In this culture, animals that important people rode were draped with rich fabrics. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “draped the colt with their cloaks as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 11 8 t8hy figs-explicit πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 1 many spread their cloaks on the road Spreading **cloaks on the road** and **branches** was a way of showing honor to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “many people spread their cloaks on the road, and others spread branches they had cut from the fields. They did this in order to honor Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 11 8 jk2o translate-symaction πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 1 The words **many**, **others**, and **they** all refer to other people besides the disciples. Alternate translation: “many people spread their cloaks on the road, and other people spread branches they had cut” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction) From dbc4a649936491cc3d2077a63a81fbf23f957a0d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 5 Oct 2022 23:16:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 06/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 642d1e0b6e..4d04b00ab1 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ MRK 11 7 sbqy figs-explicit ἐπιβάλλουσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτ MRK 11 8 t8hy figs-explicit πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 1 many spread their cloaks on the road Spreading **cloaks on the road** and **branches** was a way of showing honor to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “many people spread their cloaks on the road, and others spread branches they had cut from the fields. They did this in order to honor Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 11 8 jk2o translate-symaction πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 1 The words **many**, **others**, and **they** all refer to other people besides the disciples. Alternate translation: “many people spread their cloaks on the road, and other people spread branches they had cut” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction) MRK 11 8 fwl0 ἱμάτια 1 See how you translated the word **cloaks** in [11:7](../11/07.md). Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” -MRK 11 9 d8se translate-transliterate ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna The word **Hosanna** is a Hebrew word. Mark spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. **Hosanna** had an original meaning of “save now” but by the time of this event it had become a way of praising God. In your translation you can spell **Hosanna** the way it sounds in your language or you could translate it according to how it was used, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +MRK 11 9 d8se translate-transliterate ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna The word **Hosanna** is a Hebrew word. Mark spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. **Hosanna** had an original meaning of “save now,” but by the time of this event it had become a way of praising God. In your translation you can spell **Hosanna** the way it sounds in your language or you could translate it according to how the word was used, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) MRK 11 9 ye41 figs-activepassive εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 those following The word **Blessed** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, “God” is the one doing the blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 11 9 suib εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 The phrase **Blessed is the one** could be: (1) a request for God to bless Jesus. Alternate translation: “May God bless the one who comes in his name” (2) stating that God had already blessed Jesus. Alternate translation: “God has blessed the one who comes in his name” MRK 11 9 x1bz figs-explicit εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Blessed is the one who comes Here, the phrase **the one** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Blessed are you, the one who comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From a3dcf7889abf9180c96f9bba7885576b8e6782ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 5 Oct 2022 23:18:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 07/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 4d04b00ab1..26a49e4972 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ MRK 11 9 d8se translate-transliterate ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna The word **Hosanna MRK 11 9 ye41 figs-activepassive εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 those following The word **Blessed** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, “God” is the one doing the blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 11 9 suib εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 The phrase **Blessed is the one** could be: (1) a request for God to bless Jesus. Alternate translation: “May God bless the one who comes in his name” (2) stating that God had already blessed Jesus. Alternate translation: “God has blessed the one who comes in his name” MRK 11 9 x1bz figs-explicit εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Blessed is the one who comes Here, the phrase **the one** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Blessed are you, the one who comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 11 9 e2p6 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Here, the phrase **in the name of** is used for authority. The phrase **in the name of the Lord** means “with the authority of the Lord.” If it would help in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or express this with plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of the Lord” or “with the Lord’s authority” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 11 9 e2p6 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Here, the phrase **in the name of** expresses authority. The phrase **in the name of the Lord** means “with the authority of the Lord.” If it would help in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or express this plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of the Lord” or “with the Lord’s authority” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 11 10 kkfo figs-activepassive εὐλογημένη 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David The word **Blessed** is passive in form. See how you translated this word in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 11 10 a6b4 εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David The phrase **Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David** could be: (1) an exclamation proclaiming that the future messianic kingdom promised to a descendant of David is blessed by God. (2) a prayer expressing the desire that God would bless the coming messianic kingdom. Alternate translation: “May God bless the coming kingdom of our father David” MRK 11 10 yuap figs-metaphor τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Here, the term **father** means “ancestor.” If your readers would not understand the use of **father** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of our ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From b709e1b03a2f4c70eb814da5230741ac7427302a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 5 Oct 2022 23:21:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 08/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 26a49e4972..c3c9ed315d 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ MRK 11 9 e2p6 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of MRK 11 10 kkfo figs-activepassive εὐλογημένη 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David The word **Blessed** is passive in form. See how you translated this word in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 11 10 a6b4 εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David The phrase **Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David** could be: (1) an exclamation proclaiming that the future messianic kingdom promised to a descendant of David is blessed by God. (2) a prayer expressing the desire that God would bless the coming messianic kingdom. Alternate translation: “May God bless the coming kingdom of our father David” MRK 11 10 yuap figs-metaphor τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Here, the term **father** means “ancestor.” If your readers would not understand the use of **father** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of our ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 11 10 b1si ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest See how you translated the word **Hosanna** in [11:9](../11/09.md). The phrase ** Hosanna in the highest** could be (1) an exclamation of praise to God. (2) a prayer to God for salvation from Israel’s enemies. Alternate translation: “Please save us now God in the highest” +MRK 11 10 b1si ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest See how you translated the word **Hosanna** in [11:9](../11/09.md). The phrase **Hosanna in the highest** could be (1) an exclamation of praise to God. (2) a prayer to God for salvation from Israel’s enemies. Alternate translation: “Please save us now, God in the highest” MRK 11 10 vqm2 figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 the highest The phrase ** in the highest** is a way or referring to heaven, where God dwells. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state this explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 11 11 h2du figs-synecdoche ἱερόν 1 Since only priests could enter the temple building, here the word **temple** means the temple courtyard. Mark is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this plainly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 11 11 t5nv figs-go ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν 1 he went out to Bethany with the Twelve Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came to Bethany” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) From 7395620c79ac417d62ca92544a622beeac188621 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 5 Oct 2022 23:48:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 09/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index c3c9ed315d..e520dd69a6 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -804,16 +804,16 @@ MRK 11 10 kkfo figs-activepassive εὐλογημένη 1 Blessed is the coming MRK 11 10 a6b4 εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David The phrase **Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David** could be: (1) an exclamation proclaiming that the future messianic kingdom promised to a descendant of David is blessed by God. (2) a prayer expressing the desire that God would bless the coming messianic kingdom. Alternate translation: “May God bless the coming kingdom of our father David” MRK 11 10 yuap figs-metaphor τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Here, the term **father** means “ancestor.” If your readers would not understand the use of **father** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of our ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 11 10 b1si ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest See how you translated the word **Hosanna** in [11:9](../11/09.md). The phrase **Hosanna in the highest** could be (1) an exclamation of praise to God. (2) a prayer to God for salvation from Israel’s enemies. Alternate translation: “Please save us now, God in the highest” -MRK 11 10 vqm2 figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 the highest The phrase ** in the highest** is a way or referring to heaven, where God dwells. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state this explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 11 10 vqm2 figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 the highest The phrase ** in the highest** is a way of referring to heaven, where God dwells. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state this explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 11 11 h2du figs-synecdoche ἱερόν 1 Since only priests could enter the temple building, here the word **temple** means the temple courtyard. Mark is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this plainly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 11 11 t5nv figs-go ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν 1 he went out to Bethany with the Twelve Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came to Bethany” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 11 11 rvd7 figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -MRK 11 12 zr8n figs-go ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας 1 when they had returned from Bethany Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when they had went out from Bethany” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 11 12 zr8n figs-go ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας 1 when they had returned from Bethany Your language may say “went” or "gone" rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when they had gone out from Bethany” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 11 13 y447 figs-go ἦλθεν 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -MRK 11 13 yg5n figs-go ἐλθὼν ἐπ’ αὐτὴν 1 if perhaps he could find anything on it Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -MRK 11 13 j6cq figs-litotes οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he found nothing except leaves Mark is using a negative expressions to emphasize that there were only leaves on the tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +MRK 11 13 yg5n figs-go ἐλθὼν ἐπ’ αὐτὴν 1 if perhaps he could find anything on it Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 11 13 j6cq figs-litotes οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he found nothing except leaves Mark is using a negative expression to emphasize that there were only leaves on the tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) MRK 11 13 g76z ὁ…καιρὸς οὐκ ἦν σύκων 1 the season Alternate translation: “it was not the time of year for figs” -MRK 11 14 u3bk figs-apostrophe εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 he said to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again.” Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the fig tree, in order to teach his listeners something. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about the fig tree. Alternate translation: “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” or “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) +MRK 11 14 u3bk figs-apostrophe εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 he said to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again.” Jesus is addressing an object that he knows cannot hear him, the fig tree, in order to teach his listeners something. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about the fig tree. Alternate translation: “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” or “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) MRK 11 14 b362 figs-explicit εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 he said to it The phrase **to eternity** is a Jewish expression which means “forever.” In this context it specifically means “ever again.” Mark assumed his readers would be familiar with this expression. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of the expression **to eternity** explicitly. Alternate translation: “ever again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 11 14 ij5h figs-doublenegatives μηκέτι…ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 his disciples heard it The phrase **no one will any longer** is a double negative. Jesus uses a double negative here for emphasis. If the meaning of this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it using only one negative statement and show the emphasis some other way. Alternate translation: “Surely, no one will eat from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MRK 11 15 hj7z figs-go ἔρχονται εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 coming Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “going to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) From 768d316c4701b13a4ce2d229cdc73f76057f4fe8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 5 Oct 2022 23:50:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 10/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index e520dd69a6..7d95e34bae 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ MRK 11 13 j6cq figs-litotes οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he MRK 11 13 g76z ὁ…καιρὸς οὐκ ἦν σύκων 1 the season Alternate translation: “it was not the time of year for figs” MRK 11 14 u3bk figs-apostrophe εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 he said to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again.” Jesus is addressing an object that he knows cannot hear him, the fig tree, in order to teach his listeners something. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about the fig tree. Alternate translation: “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” or “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) MRK 11 14 b362 figs-explicit εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 he said to it The phrase **to eternity** is a Jewish expression which means “forever.” In this context it specifically means “ever again.” Mark assumed his readers would be familiar with this expression. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of the expression **to eternity** explicitly. Alternate translation: “ever again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 11 14 ij5h figs-doublenegatives μηκέτι…ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 his disciples heard it The phrase **no one will any longer** is a double negative. Jesus uses a double negative here for emphasis. If the meaning of this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it using only one negative statement and show the emphasis some other way. Alternate translation: “Surely, no one will eat from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +MRK 11 14 ij5h figs-doublenegatives μηκέτι…ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 his disciples heard it The phrase **no one will any longer** is a double negative. Jesus uses a double negative here for emphasis. If is would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea using only one negative statement and show the emphasis some other way. Alternate translation: “Surely, no one will eat from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MRK 11 15 hj7z figs-go ἔρχονται εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 coming Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “going to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 11 15 c2wl figs-synecdoche ἱερὸν 1 See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 11 15 hoym ἐκβάλλειν 1 Alternate translation: “to throw out” or “to force out” or “to drive out” From 4f1154b34d1fd280a7599a94a2e4fdc057163ffb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 5 Oct 2022 23:53:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 11/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 7d95e34bae..30fbf8c62d 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -817,12 +817,12 @@ MRK 11 14 u3bk figs-apostrophe εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τ MRK 11 14 b362 figs-explicit εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 he said to it The phrase **to eternity** is a Jewish expression which means “forever.” In this context it specifically means “ever again.” Mark assumed his readers would be familiar with this expression. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of the expression **to eternity** explicitly. Alternate translation: “ever again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 11 14 ij5h figs-doublenegatives μηκέτι…ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 his disciples heard it The phrase **no one will any longer** is a double negative. Jesus uses a double negative here for emphasis. If is would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea using only one negative statement and show the emphasis some other way. Alternate translation: “Surely, no one will eat from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MRK 11 15 hj7z figs-go ἔρχονται εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 coming Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “going to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -MRK 11 15 c2wl figs-synecdoche ἱερὸν 1 See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 11 15 c2wl figs-synecdoche ἱερὸν 1 See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 11 15 hoym ἐκβάλλειν 1 Alternate translation: “to throw out” or “to force out” or “to drive out” MRK 11 15 s4m2 τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας 1 those selling and those buying Alternate translation: “the people who were buying and selling” -MRK 11 15 ve56 figs-synecdoche ἱερῷ 1 General Information: See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MRK 11 16 ohxg figs-synecdoche ἱεροῦ 1 See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MRK 11 17 xrz2 figs-rquestion οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? 1 Is it not written, ‘My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations’? **Has it not been written** is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using to emphasize God’s purpose for the temple as recorded in the Old Testament Scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen to me! You should have payed closer attention to the scripture which says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 11 15 ve56 figs-synecdoche ἱερῷ 1 General Information: See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 11 16 ohxg figs-synecdoche ἱεροῦ 1 See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 11 17 xrz2 figs-rquestion οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? 1 Is it not written, ‘My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations’? **Has it not been written** is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using to emphasize God’s purpose for the temple, as recorded in the Old Testament Scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen to me! You should have paid closer attention to the scripture which says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 11 17 dxwe figs-quotesinquotes οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer for all nations,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 11 17 t9x9 figs-activepassive οὐ γέγραπται 1 If your readers would misunderstand the phrase **been written**, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “Has God not said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 11 17 qeix figs-metaphor οἶκός μου 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his **house** because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 564f0e096d10609234d43c49e0a74d4f1a3516f7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 5 Oct 2022 23:55:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 12/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 30fbf8c62d..6476731b4d 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ MRK 11 15 s4m2 τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζο MRK 11 15 ve56 figs-synecdoche ἱερῷ 1 General Information: See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 11 16 ohxg figs-synecdoche ἱεροῦ 1 See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 11 17 xrz2 figs-rquestion οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? 1 Is it not written, ‘My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations’? **Has it not been written** is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using to emphasize God’s purpose for the temple, as recorded in the Old Testament Scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen to me! You should have paid closer attention to the scripture which says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 11 17 dxwe figs-quotesinquotes οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer for all nations,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 11 17 dxwe figs-quotesinquotes οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer for all nations,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 11 17 t9x9 figs-activepassive οὐ γέγραπται 1 If your readers would misunderstand the phrase **been written**, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “Has God not said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 11 17 qeix figs-metaphor οἶκός μου 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his **house** because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 11 17 t1ho figs-metaphor οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as a **house**. Alternate translation: “will be called a place where people from all nations can pray to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From ebcfe51361924bb4d9226147b9d261295a527c6f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 5 Oct 2022 23:57:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 13/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 6476731b4d..0c79bcb7e5 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ MRK 11 17 xrz2 figs-rquestion οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός MRK 11 17 dxwe figs-quotesinquotes οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer for all nations,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 11 17 t9x9 figs-activepassive οὐ γέγραπται 1 If your readers would misunderstand the phrase **been written**, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “Has God not said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 11 17 qeix figs-metaphor οἶκός μου 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his **house** because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 11 17 t1ho figs-metaphor οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as a **house**. Alternate translation: “will be called a place where people from all nations can pray to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 11 17 t1ho figs-metaphor οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as a **house of prayer**. Alternate translation: “will be called a place where people from all nations can pray to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 11 17 npdf figs-activepassive οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται 1 The phrase **will be called** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is people who are calling God’s temple a house of prayer. Alternate translation: “People will call my house a house of prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 11 17 qvxz figs-abstractnouns προσευχῆς…πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “pray” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 11 17 dpt1 figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 But you have made it a den of robbers God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 1f34d9721f2b5c8d118a64ed62db8612c397d834 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 00:05:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 14/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 0c79bcb7e5..c79b5bf7f8 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -828,9 +828,9 @@ MRK 11 17 t9x9 figs-activepassive οὐ γέγραπται 1 If your readers wo MRK 11 17 qeix figs-metaphor οἶκός μου 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his **house** because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 11 17 t1ho figs-metaphor οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as a **house of prayer**. Alternate translation: “will be called a place where people from all nations can pray to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 11 17 npdf figs-activepassive οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται 1 The phrase **will be called** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is people who are calling God’s temple a house of prayer. Alternate translation: “People will call my house a house of prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 11 17 qvxz figs-abstractnouns προσευχῆς…πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “pray” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 11 17 qvxz figs-abstractnouns προσευχῆς…πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “pray,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 11 17 dpt1 figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 But you have made it a den of robbers God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 11 18 k6dv ἐζήτουν πῶς 1 they were seeking a way Alternate translation: “they were looking for a way” +MRK 11 18 k6dv ἐζήτουν πῶς 1 they were seeking a way Alternate translation: “they were looking for a way that” MRK 11 19 h4hg ὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο 1 when evening came Alternate translation: “in the evening” MRK 11 20 s8ki figs-explicit τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν 1 the fig tree had been withered from its roots The phrase **the fig tree had been withered from the roots** means that the **fig tree** had shriveled and dried up and was dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the fig tree had withered down to its roots and died” or “the fig tree was dried and shriveled down to its roots and had completely died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 11 20 a83v figs-activepassive ἐξηραμμένην 1 had been withered The phrase **had been withered** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was withered” or “had dried up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 32ef6abb2b9e9d5a42d8816d6b9c321eb4ad761a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 00:06:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 15/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index c79b5bf7f8..2115a2580c 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ MRK 11 17 qvxz figs-abstractnouns προσευχῆς…πᾶσιν τοῖς MRK 11 17 dpt1 figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 But you have made it a den of robbers God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 11 18 k6dv ἐζήτουν πῶς 1 they were seeking a way Alternate translation: “they were looking for a way that” MRK 11 19 h4hg ὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο 1 when evening came Alternate translation: “in the evening” -MRK 11 20 s8ki figs-explicit τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν 1 the fig tree had been withered from its roots The phrase **the fig tree had been withered from the roots** means that the **fig tree** had shriveled and dried up and was dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the fig tree had withered down to its roots and died” or “the fig tree was dried and shriveled down to its roots and had completely died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 11 20 s8ki figs-explicit τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν 1 the fig tree had been withered from its roots The phrase **the fig tree had been withered from the roots** means that the **fig tree** had shriveled and dried up and looked dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the fig tree had withered down to its roots and died” or “the fig tree was dried and shriveled down to its roots and had completely died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 11 20 a83v figs-activepassive ἐξηραμμένην 1 had been withered The phrase **had been withered** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was withered” or “had dried up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 11 21 jt3h figs-activepassive ἀναμνησθεὶς 1 having remembered, Peter The phrase **having been reminded** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 11 21 na1k figs-activepassive ἐξήρανται 1 The phrase **has been withered away** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “has withered away” or “has dried up” or “has died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From da324bb1ed6b656cbde4f5c5e966d9897f4f3e6f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 00:08:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 16/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 2115a2580c..a68ea825ec 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ MRK 11 20 s8ki figs-explicit τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ MRK 11 20 a83v figs-activepassive ἐξηραμμένην 1 had been withered The phrase **had been withered** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was withered” or “had dried up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 11 21 jt3h figs-activepassive ἀναμνησθεὶς 1 having remembered, Peter The phrase **having been reminded** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 11 21 na1k figs-activepassive ἐξήρανται 1 The phrase **has been withered away** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “has withered away” or “has dried up” or “has died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 11 22 ry5v figs-yousingular ἔχετε πίστιν 1 answering, Jesus says to them In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **have faith** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you have faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 11 22 ry5v figs-yousingular ἔχετε πίστιν 1 answering, Jesus says to them In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **have faith** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you should have faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 11 22 x8k7 figs-abstractnouns ἔχετε πίστιν Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “Trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 11 23 sy61 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). MRK 11 23 mred figs-hyperbole ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Jesus is using hyperbole to teach. He is using an extreme example to emphasize to his disciples that God can do anything in response to believing prayer. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “for example, that whoever might ask God and say, ‘God please take up this mountain and cast it into the sea,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 72c88e162b317b7fea4e50c73b92f1128d749a7e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 00:13:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 17/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index a68ea825ec..a17a32f38c 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ MRK 11 21 na1k figs-activepassive ἐξήρανται 1 The phrase **has been w MRK 11 22 ry5v figs-yousingular ἔχετε πίστιν 1 answering, Jesus says to them In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **have faith** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you should have faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 11 22 x8k7 figs-abstractnouns ἔχετε πίστιν Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “Trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 11 23 sy61 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). -MRK 11 23 mred figs-hyperbole ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Jesus is using hyperbole to teach. He is using an extreme example to emphasize to his disciples that God can do anything in response to believing prayer. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “for example, that whoever might ask God and say, ‘God please take up this mountain and cast it into the sea,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +MRK 11 23 mred figs-hyperbole ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Jesus is using hyperbole to teach. He is using an extreme example to emphasize to his disciples that God can do anything in response to believing prayer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “that whoever prays to God and says, ‘God please take up this mountain and cast it into the sea,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MRK 11 23 a01g figs-metaphor ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Here, Jesus uses **mountain** to represent anything that would seem difficult or impossible to do. If your readers would not understand Jesus’ use of **mountain** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to do it” or “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to accomplish it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 11 23 dwsf figs-imperative ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 This would not be a command that the mountain would be capable of obeying. Instead, it would be a command that directly caused the mountain to be taken up and cast into the sea by the power of God. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) MRK 11 23 c3cj figs-extrainfo ὄρει τούτῳ 1 whoever might say Here, the phrase **this mountain** refers to the Mount of Olives which was mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) From 1b692309f6b18e3ddf4994dd3166cc156a6e5fa0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 00:18:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 18/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index a17a32f38c..b6e7c9e899 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ MRK 11 22 ry5v figs-yousingular ἔχετε πίστιν 1 answering, Jesus says MRK 11 22 x8k7 figs-abstractnouns ἔχετε πίστιν Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “Trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 11 23 sy61 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). MRK 11 23 mred figs-hyperbole ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Jesus is using hyperbole to teach. He is using an extreme example to emphasize to his disciples that God can do anything in response to believing prayer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “that whoever prays to God and says, ‘God please take up this mountain and cast it into the sea,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -MRK 11 23 a01g figs-metaphor ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Here, Jesus uses **mountain** to represent anything that would seem difficult or impossible to do. If your readers would not understand Jesus’ use of **mountain** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to do it” or “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to accomplish it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 11 23 a01g figs-metaphor ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Here, Jesus uses **mountain** to represent anything that would seem difficult or impossible to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to do it” or “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to accomplish it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 11 23 dwsf figs-imperative ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 This would not be a command that the mountain would be capable of obeying. Instead, it would be a command that directly caused the mountain to be taken up and cast into the sea by the power of God. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) MRK 11 23 c3cj figs-extrainfo ὄρει τούτῳ 1 whoever might say Here, the phrase **this mountain** refers to the Mount of Olives which was mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 11 23 k3z4 figs-activepassive ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 The phrases **Be taken up** and **be cast** are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express these ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “God” is the one who would do it. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From e508c645cb934d6d568b7a508ab0030edb5b0d99 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 00:27:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 19/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index b6e7c9e899..671f6be0c1 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -842,10 +842,10 @@ MRK 11 23 sy61 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you See how you MRK 11 23 mred figs-hyperbole ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Jesus is using hyperbole to teach. He is using an extreme example to emphasize to his disciples that God can do anything in response to believing prayer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “that whoever prays to God and says, ‘God please take up this mountain and cast it into the sea,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MRK 11 23 a01g figs-metaphor ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Here, Jesus uses **mountain** to represent anything that would seem difficult or impossible to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to do it” or “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to accomplish it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 11 23 dwsf figs-imperative ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 This would not be a command that the mountain would be capable of obeying. Instead, it would be a command that directly caused the mountain to be taken up and cast into the sea by the power of God. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) -MRK 11 23 c3cj figs-extrainfo ὄρει τούτῳ 1 whoever might say Here, the phrase **this mountain** refers to the Mount of Olives which was mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +MRK 11 23 c3cj figs-extrainfo ὄρει τούτῳ 1 whoever might say Here, the phrase **this mountain** refers to the Mount of Olives, which was mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 11 23 k3z4 figs-activepassive ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 The phrases **Be taken up** and **be cast** are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express these ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “God” is the one who would do it. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 11 23 y76p figs-metonymy μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ 1 may not doubt in his heart, but may believe In the expression **doubt in his heart** the word **heart** represents a person’s mind or inner being. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “if he does not doubt, but believes” or “if he truly believes in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 11 23 doeg figs-doublenegatives μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ 1 The phrase **not doubt** is a double negative. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +MRK 11 23 y76p figs-metonymy μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ 1 may not doubt in his heart, but may believe In the expression **doubt in his heart**, the word **heart** represents a person’s mind or inner being. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “if he does not doubt, but believes” or “if he truly believes within himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 11 23 doeg figs-doublenegatives μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ 1 The phrase **not doubt** is a double negative. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MRK 11 23 fzp5 ἔσται αὐτῷ 1 it will be for him Alternate translation: “God will make it happen” MRK 11 24 pn9x διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Because of this, I say to you Alternate translation: “For this reason, I say to you” MRK 11 24 c61c figs-yousingular ὑμῖν…προσεύχεσθε…ἐλάβετε…ὑμῖν 1 In this verse, all four occurrences of the word **you** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) From 800827d9a8df663508c03e36b617574d39807692 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 00:28:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 20/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 671f6be0c1..54c498101c 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ MRK 11 23 doeg figs-doublenegatives μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδ MRK 11 23 fzp5 ἔσται αὐτῷ 1 it will be for him Alternate translation: “God will make it happen” MRK 11 24 pn9x διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Because of this, I say to you Alternate translation: “For this reason, I say to you” MRK 11 24 c61c figs-yousingular ὑμῖν…προσεύχεσθε…ἐλάβετε…ὑμῖν 1 In this verse, all four occurrences of the word **you** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -MRK 11 24 abke figs-yousingular πιστεύετε 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **believe** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “each of you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 11 24 abke figs-yousingular πιστεύετε 1 In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the word **believe** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “each of you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 11 24 tu5z figs-explicit ἔσται ὑμῖν 1 it will be yours In the phrase **it will be to you** the implication is that God will provide what is asked for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 11 25 m2aw figs-yousingular στήκετε…ἔχετε…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν 1 In this verse every occurrence of the word **you** and **your** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 11 25 m7xi figs-explicitinfo ὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι 1 when you stand praying It is common in Hebrew culture to **stand** when **praying** to God. Jesus assumes that his readers would be familiar with this practice. If this would be misunderstood in your culture you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “when you are praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) From 7878def96351f5d6a8a3b71e27e265c6b1d0a771 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 00:30:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 21/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 54c498101c..2959f521b0 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -850,9 +850,9 @@ MRK 11 23 fzp5 ἔσται αὐτῷ 1 it will be for him Alternate translatio MRK 11 24 pn9x διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Because of this, I say to you Alternate translation: “For this reason, I say to you” MRK 11 24 c61c figs-yousingular ὑμῖν…προσεύχεσθε…ἐλάβετε…ὑμῖν 1 In this verse, all four occurrences of the word **you** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 11 24 abke figs-yousingular πιστεύετε 1 In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the word **believe** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “each of you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -MRK 11 24 tu5z figs-explicit ἔσται ὑμῖν 1 it will be yours In the phrase **it will be to you** the implication is that God will provide what is asked for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 11 25 m2aw figs-yousingular στήκετε…ἔχετε…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν 1 In this verse every occurrence of the word **you** and **your** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -MRK 11 25 m7xi figs-explicitinfo ὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι 1 when you stand praying It is common in Hebrew culture to **stand** when **praying** to God. Jesus assumes that his readers would be familiar with this practice. If this would be misunderstood in your culture you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “when you are praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) +MRK 11 24 tu5z figs-explicit ἔσται ὑμῖν 1 it will be yours In the phrase **it will be to you**, the implication is that God will provide what is asked for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 11 25 m2aw figs-yousingular στήκετε…ἔχετε…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν 1 In this verse all occurrences of the word **you** and **your** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 11 25 m7xi figs-explicitinfo ὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι 1 when you stand praying It is common in Hebrew culture to **stand** when **praying** to God. Jesus assumes that his readers would be familiar with this practice. If it would be helpful in your culture, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “when you are praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) MRK 11 25 ttxg figs-yousingular ἀφίετε 1 In this verse, the first occurrence of the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “each of you must forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 11 25 swa3 figs-yousingular ἀφίετε 1 In the original language that the author of Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “every one of you must forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 11 25 f6ex figs-explicit εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος 1 if you have something against anyone Here, **have something against anyone** refers to any anger, unforgiveness, or grudge a person holds **against** another person for offending or sinning against them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 2eff46759febb948ac8e940dbe83637941a24981 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 00:30:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 22/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 2959f521b0..414d118eae 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ MRK 11 24 tu5z figs-explicit ἔσται ὑμῖν 1 it will be yours In the ph MRK 11 25 m2aw figs-yousingular στήκετε…ἔχετε…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν 1 In this verse all occurrences of the word **you** and **your** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 11 25 m7xi figs-explicitinfo ὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι 1 when you stand praying It is common in Hebrew culture to **stand** when **praying** to God. Jesus assumes that his readers would be familiar with this practice. If it would be helpful in your culture, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “when you are praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) MRK 11 25 ttxg figs-yousingular ἀφίετε 1 In this verse, the first occurrence of the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “each of you must forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -MRK 11 25 swa3 figs-yousingular ἀφίετε 1 In the original language that the author of Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “every one of you must forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 11 25 swa3 figs-yousingular ἀφίετε 1 In the original language in which the author of Mark wrote this Gospel, the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “every one of you must forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 11 25 f6ex figs-explicit εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος 1 if you have something against anyone Here, **have something against anyone** refers to any anger, unforgiveness, or grudge a person holds **against** another person for offending or sinning against them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 11 25 jjs9 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Jesus says **forgive, if you have something against anyone** with the goal that **your Father who {is} in the heavens may also forgive you your trespasses.** Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) MRK 11 25 omze figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespasses**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “sinned” or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for the times you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 238663a3605c3a759bb16811f356de741438c692 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 00:36:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 23/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 414d118eae..9ffc7a7849 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -856,11 +856,11 @@ MRK 11 25 m7xi figs-explicitinfo ὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμεν MRK 11 25 ttxg figs-yousingular ἀφίετε 1 In this verse, the first occurrence of the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “each of you must forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 11 25 swa3 figs-yousingular ἀφίετε 1 In the original language in which the author of Mark wrote this Gospel, the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “every one of you must forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 11 25 f6ex figs-explicit εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος 1 if you have something against anyone Here, **have something against anyone** refers to any anger, unforgiveness, or grudge a person holds **against** another person for offending or sinning against them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 11 25 jjs9 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Jesus says **forgive, if you have something against anyone** with the goal that **your Father who {is} in the heavens may also forgive you your trespasses.** Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +MRK 11 25 jjs9 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Jesus says **forgive, if you have something against anyone**, with the goal that **your Father who {is} in the heavens may also forgive you your trespasses.** Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) MRK 11 25 omze figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespasses**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “sinned” or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for the times you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MRK 11 27 alh5 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 as he is walking around in the temple The phrase, **he is walking around in the temple** means that Jesus was walking around in the temple courtyard. Jesus was not walking in the temple since only priests were allowed in inside the temple building. See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 11 27 alh5 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 as he is walking around in the temple The phrase, **he is walking around in the temple** means that Jesus was walking around in the temple courtyard. Jesus was not walking in the temple, since only priests were allowed inside the temple building. See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 11 28 se9b figs-parallelism ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς 1 By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do them? The question **By what authority do you do these things**, and the question **who gave you this authority** could: (1) both have the same meaning and be asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two questions into one question. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) (2) be two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to Jesus. Alternate translation: “By what kind of authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do these things?” -MRK 11 28 ooxp figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ…ἐξουσίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized” as modeled by the UST or you can express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 11 28 ooxp figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ…ἐξουσίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized,” as modeled by the UST, or you can express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 11 29 erqp figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized” as modeled by the UST or you can express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 11 29 aak2 ἕνα λόγον 1 Here, Jesus is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question” MRK 11 30 vpgv τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Jesus knows that John’s authority came from God, so he is not asking the Jewish leaders for information. However, this is not a rhetorical question that could be translated as a statement, for example, “Surely you must admit that God, not people, gave John the authority to baptize.” This is an actual question that Jesus wants the Jewish leaders to try to answer, because he knows that either way they answer, they will have a problem. So his words should be translated as a question. Alternate translation: “Was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it?” From 515cc0d5821370bd277d45250df1459dfa803121 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 00:39:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 24/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 9ffc7a7849..f45bd248f2 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -861,9 +861,9 @@ MRK 11 25 omze figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 If MRK 11 27 alh5 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 as he is walking around in the temple The phrase, **he is walking around in the temple** means that Jesus was walking around in the temple courtyard. Jesus was not walking in the temple, since only priests were allowed inside the temple building. See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 11 28 se9b figs-parallelism ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς 1 By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do them? The question **By what authority do you do these things**, and the question **who gave you this authority** could: (1) both have the same meaning and be asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two questions into one question. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) (2) be two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to Jesus. Alternate translation: “By what kind of authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do these things?” MRK 11 28 ooxp figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ…ἐξουσίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized,” as modeled by the UST, or you can express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MRK 11 29 erqp figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized” as modeled by the UST or you can express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 11 29 erqp figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized,” as modeled by the UST, or you can express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 11 29 aak2 ἕνα λόγον 1 Here, Jesus is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question” -MRK 11 30 vpgv τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Jesus knows that John’s authority came from God, so he is not asking the Jewish leaders for information. However, this is not a rhetorical question that could be translated as a statement, for example, “Surely you must admit that God, not people, gave John the authority to baptize.” This is an actual question that Jesus wants the Jewish leaders to try to answer, because he knows that either way they answer, they will have a problem. So his words should be translated as a question. Alternate translation: “Was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it?” +MRK 11 30 vpgv τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Jesus knows that John’s authority came from God, so he is not asking the Jewish leaders for information. However, this is not a rhetorical question that could be translated as a statement, for example, “Surely you must admit that God, not people, gave John the authority to baptize.” This is an actual question that Jesus wants the Jewish leaders to try to answer because he knows that either way they answer, they will have a problem. So his words should be translated as a question. Alternate translation: “Was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it?” MRK 11 30 jj91 τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου 1 The baptism of John Alternate translation: “The baptism that John performed” MRK 11 30 sh7b figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. That seems to be what Jesus is doing here. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 11 30 i5is figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 from men Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” or “humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From 44065015729f95bcc324c0026d530f4b29aca5f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 00:42:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 25/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index f45bd248f2..d3000f52a5 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ MRK 11 30 jj91 τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου 1 The baptism of Jo MRK 11 30 sh7b figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. That seems to be what Jesus is doing here. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 11 30 i5is figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 from men Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” or “humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 11 30 fr1b ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 was it from heaven or from men Alternate translation: “was it authorized by God or by men” -MRK 11 30 mc8n figs-yousingular ἀποκρίθητέ μοι 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this book in the word **Answer** is a command written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 11 30 mc8n figs-yousingular ἀποκρίθητέ μοι 1 In the original language in which Mark wrote this book, the word **Answer** is a command written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 11 31 s9vv grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If we would say, ‘From heaven,’ The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) MRK 11 31 e7j4 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us why we did not believe him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 11 31 nu1m figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven See how you translated the expression **From heaven** in [11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) From d920ff574576c45876a33156175be81d2af380a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 00:43:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 26/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index d3000f52a5..c29f6e303e 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ MRK 11 32 tczm grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν MRK 11 32 aus1 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’ The phrase **From men** refers to the source of the baptism of John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘John’s baptism was from men,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 11 32 v2gs figs-gendernotations ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 From men See how you translated the phrase **From men** in [11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 11 32 b5qb figs-quotesinquotes ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’… If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -MRK 11 32 z93u figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’… The religious leaders do not finish their statement, since they all understand what will happen if they say John’s baptism is not from God. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men,’ that would not be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 11 32 z93u figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’… The religious leaders do not finish their statement, since they all understand what would happen if they said John’s baptism was not from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men,’ that would not be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 11 32 z998 grammar-connect-time-background ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον, ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάννην, ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν 1 They were afraid of the crowd The author of Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the crowd, for all the people in the crowd believed that John really was a prophet” or “They did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men because they were afraid of the crowd, since all the people in the crowd believed that John truly was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) MRK 11 32 dqlt grammar-collectivenouns ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “They were afraid of the group of people gathered there” or “They were afraid of the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) MRK 11 32 x4bo figs-explicit ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον 1 Here, the word **all** refers to the people in the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for everyone in the crowd held” or “for all those who were in the crowd believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 0ec04e227aecb49a9f6ef347a4f7b4d24d954de2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 00:46:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 27/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index c29f6e303e..9d7b551869 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -877,13 +877,13 @@ MRK 11 32 aus1 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων MRK 11 32 v2gs figs-gendernotations ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 From men See how you translated the phrase **From men** in [11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 11 32 b5qb figs-quotesinquotes ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’… If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 11 32 z93u figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’… The religious leaders do not finish their statement, since they all understand what would happen if they said John’s baptism was not from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men,’ that would not be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 11 32 z998 grammar-connect-time-background ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον, ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάννην, ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν 1 They were afraid of the crowd The author of Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the crowd, for all the people in the crowd believed that John really was a prophet” or “They did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men because they were afraid of the crowd, since all the people in the crowd believed that John truly was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) +MRK 11 32 z998 grammar-connect-time-background ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον, ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάννην, ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν 1 They were afraid of the crowd The author of the Gospel of Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the crowd, for all the people in the crowd believed that John really was a prophet” or “They did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men because they were afraid of the crowd, since all the people in the crowd believed that John truly was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) MRK 11 32 dqlt grammar-collectivenouns ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “They were afraid of the group of people gathered there” or “They were afraid of the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) MRK 11 32 x4bo figs-explicit ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον 1 Here, the word **all** refers to the people in the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for everyone in the crowd held” or “for all those who were in the crowd believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 11 33 rmbd grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Here, Mark uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-and-result relationship. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -MRK 11 33 us4a figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν 1 We do not know The reply **We do not know** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John came from” or “We do not know where John’s authority to baptize came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 11 33 us4a figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν 1 We do not know The reply **We do not know** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John came from” or “We do not know where John’s authority to baptize came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 11 33 av5y grammar-connect-logic-result οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 With the words **Neither do I say to you**, Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -MRK 11 33 arpm figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized” as modeled by the UST or you can express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 11 33 arpm figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized,” as modeled by the UST, or you can express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 12 intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Hypothetical Situations

Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])


## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The Son of David as Lord


A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a Psalm that records David calling his son “Lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, Mark 12:35-37, Jesus is trying to help his hearers understand that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So, David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.” MRK 12 1 w2hb figs-parables καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν 1 Connecting Statement: To help the people understand what the Jewish leaders were doing by rejecting him and John the Baptist, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the people stories to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) MRK 12 1 qa93 writing-participants ἀμπελῶνα ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν 1 Then Jesus began to speak to them in parables Jesus uses the phrase **A man planted a vineyard** to introduce the main character into the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing the main character into a story. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who planted a vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) From b1dfb6830fdb23a8d870f402ff6b608c238cf3f0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 00:53:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 28/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 9d7b551869..1f88daaabf 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ MRK 11 11 rvd7 figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated th MRK 11 12 zr8n figs-go ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας 1 when they had returned from Bethany Your language may say “went” or "gone" rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when they had gone out from Bethany” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 11 13 y447 figs-go ἦλθεν 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 11 13 yg5n figs-go ἐλθὼν ἐπ’ αὐτὴν 1 if perhaps he could find anything on it Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -MRK 11 13 j6cq figs-litotes οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he found nothing except leaves Mark is using a negative expression to emphasize that there were only leaves on the tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +MRK 11 13 j6cq grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he found nothing except leaves Mark is using a negative expression to emphasize that there were only leaves on the tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) MRK 11 13 g76z ὁ…καιρὸς οὐκ ἦν σύκων 1 the season Alternate translation: “it was not the time of year for figs” MRK 11 14 u3bk figs-apostrophe εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 he said to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again.” Jesus is addressing an object that he knows cannot hear him, the fig tree, in order to teach his listeners something. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about the fig tree. Alternate translation: “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” or “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) MRK 11 14 b362 figs-explicit εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 he said to it The phrase **to eternity** is a Jewish expression which means “forever.” In this context it specifically means “ever again.” Mark assumed his readers would be familiar with this expression. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of the expression **to eternity** explicitly. Alternate translation: “ever again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 8f2b1930236e0c5bfb8b052b524199d56887a46f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 13:08:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 29/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 1f88daaabf..ffcc16f37b 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -884,10 +884,10 @@ MRK 11 33 rmbd grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Here, Mark uses the word MRK 11 33 us4a figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν 1 We do not know The reply **We do not know** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John came from” or “We do not know where John’s authority to baptize came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 11 33 av5y grammar-connect-logic-result οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 With the words **Neither do I say to you**, Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) MRK 11 33 arpm figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized,” as modeled by the UST, or you can express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MRK 12 intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Hypothetical Situations

Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])


## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The Son of David as Lord


A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a Psalm that records David calling his son “Lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, Mark 12:35-37, Jesus is trying to help his hearers understand that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So, David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.” -MRK 12 1 w2hb figs-parables καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν 1 Connecting Statement: To help the people understand what the Jewish leaders were doing by rejecting him and John the Baptist, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the people stories to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -MRK 12 1 qa93 writing-participants ἀμπελῶνα ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν 1 Then Jesus began to speak to them in parables Jesus uses the phrase **A man planted a vineyard** to introduce the main character into the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing the main character into a story. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who planted a vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -MRK 12 1 l2i2 translate-unknown ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 leased the vineyard to vine growers As the rest of the story shows, the man rented the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MRK 12 intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Hypothetical situations\n\nHypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])\n\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The son of David as Lord\n\n\nA paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a Psalm that records David calling his son “Lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, Mark 12:35-37, Jesus is trying to help his hearers understand that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So, David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.” +MRK 12 1 w2hb figs-parables καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν 1 Connecting Statement: To help the people understand what the Jewish leaders were doing by rejecting him and John the Baptist, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the people stories to help them understand better. He began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) +MRK 12 1 qa93 writing-participants ἀμπελῶνα ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν 1 Then Jesus began to speak to them in parables Jesus uses the phrase **A man planted a vineyard** to introduce the main character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing the main character in a story. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who planted a vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +MRK 12 1 l2i2 translate-unknown ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 leased the vineyard to vine growers As the rest of the story shows, the man rented the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use his vineyard in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MRK 12 1 fd71 γεωργοῖς 1 While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers” MRK 12 2 s83v figs-explicit τῷ καιρῷ 1 at the season This refers to the time of harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, this could be made clear, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 2 su2e γεωργοὺς…γεωργῶν 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). From fbf5085ae01281995b312939f2d6e1899ce6f5fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 13:10:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 30/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index ffcc16f37b..a0e3b6a3b7 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ MRK 12 intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\ MRK 12 1 w2hb figs-parables καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν 1 Connecting Statement: To help the people understand what the Jewish leaders were doing by rejecting him and John the Baptist, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the people stories to help them understand better. He began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) MRK 12 1 qa93 writing-participants ἀμπελῶνα ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν 1 Then Jesus began to speak to them in parables Jesus uses the phrase **A man planted a vineyard** to introduce the main character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing the main character in a story. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who planted a vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) MRK 12 1 l2i2 translate-unknown ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 leased the vineyard to vine growers As the rest of the story shows, the man rented the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use his vineyard in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MRK 12 1 fd71 γεωργοῖς 1 While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers” +MRK 12 1 fd71 γεωργοῖς 1 While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine dressers” or “grape farmers” MRK 12 2 s83v figs-explicit τῷ καιρῷ 1 at the season This refers to the time of harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, this could be made clear, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 2 su2e γεωργοὺς…γεωργῶν 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). MRK 12 2 oxoo figs-metaphor καρπῶν 1 The word **fruit** could be: (1) literal. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 25688326ef13d2010ba68b6afa3133e7d426abe8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 13:15:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 31/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index a0e3b6a3b7..b18121c0cc 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -893,11 +893,11 @@ MRK 12 2 s83v figs-explicit τῷ καιρῷ 1 at the season This refers to the MRK 12 2 su2e γεωργοὺς…γεωργῶν 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). MRK 12 2 oxoo figs-metaphor καρπῶν 1 The word **fruit** could be: (1) literal. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 3 c321 figs-metaphor ἀπέστειλαν κενόν 1 with nothing Jesus speaks of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Here, the word **empty** means that they did not give him any of the fruit from the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what it means to be **empty** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 12 4 jhi3 καὶ ἠτίμασαν 1 Alternate translation: “and humiliated” -MRK 12 6 z5hz figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, ὅτι ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου 1 a beloved son If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “thinking that they would respect his son” or “thinking to himself that the farmers would respect his son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 12 4 jhi3 καὶ ἠτίμασαν 1 Alternate translation: “and humiliated” or "badly mistreated" +MRK 12 6 z5hz figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, ὅτι ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου 1 a beloved son If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “thinking that they would respect his son” or “thinking to himself that the farmers would respect his son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 12 7 m63e figs-explicit ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οἱ γεωργοὶ πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς εἶπαν, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἡμῶν ἔσται ἡ κληρονομία 1 the heir If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that this happened after the owner sent his son and the son arrived, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 7 kefz γεωργοὶ 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). -MRK 12 7 s5dc figs-metonymy ἡ κληρονομία 1 the inheritance By **inheritance**, the farmers mean “the vineyard”, which the son would inherit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he is going to inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 7 s5dc figs-metonymy ἡ κληρονομία 1 the inheritance By **inheritance**, the farmers mean “the vineyard”, which the son would inherit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he would inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 8 gx6l grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 having seized him Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described, specifically that the farmers carried out the plan that they had decided on. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-and-result relationship. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) MRK 12 9 r4md figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 Therefore, what will the lord of the vineyard do? Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them” or “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 12 9 tlji γεωργούς 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). From b02b7fcb78fae35f6d4d9caf872c74f2b2d1f490 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 13:16:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 32/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index b18121c0cc..418f138ee2 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -902,7 +902,7 @@ MRK 12 8 gx6l grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 having seized him Jesus use MRK 12 9 r4md figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 Therefore, what will the lord of the vineyard do? Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them” or “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 12 9 tlji γεωργούς 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). MRK 12 9 g4ce translate-unknown δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 destroy See how you translated the similar expression in [12:1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MRK 12 9 mc5y figs-explicit δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 will give the vineyard to others The word **others** refers to other vine growers who will care for the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will give the vineyard to other farmers to care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 9 mc5y figs-explicit δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 will give the vineyard to others The word **others** refers to other vine dressers who will care for the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will give the vineyard to other farmers to care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 10 v6ta figs-quotesinquotes οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 General Information: If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read the scripture that says that the stone which the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 12 10 xj9j figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε 1 And have you not read this scripture? Jesus does not want the Jewish leaders to tell him whether or not they have read the scripture he quotes to them. He knows that they have read the scripture. He is using the question form for emphasis and to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read this scripture” or “And you should remember this scripture” or “And you should pay attention to this scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 12 10 mzr2 figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject the Messiah. When the Psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing an explicit explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 2c63123e41028d935cfed2acef9bfd2ea6913ed0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 13:18:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 33/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 418f138ee2..0238791631 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ MRK 12 9 r4md figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος το MRK 12 9 tlji γεωργούς 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). MRK 12 9 g4ce translate-unknown δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 destroy See how you translated the similar expression in [12:1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MRK 12 9 mc5y figs-explicit δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 will give the vineyard to others The word **others** refers to other vine dressers who will care for the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will give the vineyard to other farmers to care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 10 v6ta figs-quotesinquotes οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 General Information: If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read the scripture that says that the stone which the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 12 10 v6ta figs-quotesinquotes οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 General Information: If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read the scripture that says that the stone which the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 12 10 xj9j figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε 1 And have you not read this scripture? Jesus does not want the Jewish leaders to tell him whether or not they have read the scripture he quotes to them. He knows that they have read the scripture. He is using the question form for emphasis and to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read this scripture” or “And you should remember this scripture” or “And you should pay attention to this scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 12 10 mzr2 figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject the Messiah. When the Psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing an explicit explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 10 kv7t figs-explicit λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 This Psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From a512155ca7115e846a7bdd9fb662233110621a09 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 13:20:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 34/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 0238791631..2cd06ee6b0 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ MRK 12 9 mc5y figs-explicit δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις MRK 12 10 v6ta figs-quotesinquotes οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 General Information: If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read the scripture that says that the stone which the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 12 10 xj9j figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε 1 And have you not read this scripture? Jesus does not want the Jewish leaders to tell him whether or not they have read the scripture he quotes to them. He knows that they have read the scripture. He is using the question form for emphasis and to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read this scripture” or “And you should remember this scripture” or “And you should pay attention to this scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 12 10 mzr2 figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject the Messiah. When the Psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing an explicit explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 12 10 kv7t figs-explicit λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 This Psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 10 kv7t figs-explicit λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 This Psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone which the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 10 l5ma figs-idiom κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The phrase the **head of the corner** is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 12 11 r8z8 figs-quotesinquotes παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 This came from the Lord This entire verse is a continuation of Jesus’ quotation from Psalm 118. If you chose not to translate [12:10](../12/10.md) as a quotation within a quotation then you should do the same with this verse. Alternate translation: “and which says that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled as they looked at it” or “and that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled when they saw what the Lord had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes The expression **in our eyes** is a way of referring to the act of seeing. Here, the act of seeing could be referring to “thinking about” or “considering” what is seen. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 12b3323c9ccdf8b7de70af79c7398e2189c7f014 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 13:35:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 35/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 2cd06ee6b0..464482df7e 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -908,9 +908,9 @@ MRK 12 10 xj9j figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀ MRK 12 10 mzr2 figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject the Messiah. When the Psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing an explicit explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 10 kv7t figs-explicit λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 This Psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone which the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 10 l5ma figs-idiom κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The phrase the **head of the corner** is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 12 11 r8z8 figs-quotesinquotes παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 This came from the Lord This entire verse is a continuation of Jesus’ quotation from Psalm 118. If you chose not to translate [12:10](../12/10.md) as a quotation within a quotation then you should do the same with this verse. Alternate translation: “and which says that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled as they looked at it” or “and that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled when they saw what the Lord had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes The expression **in our eyes** is a way of referring to the act of seeing. Here, the act of seeing could be referring to “thinking about” or “considering” what is seen. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 12 12 b1vz writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν 1 they were seeking to seize him Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MRK 12 11 r8z8 figs-quotesinquotes παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 This came from the Lord This entire verse is a continuation of Jesus’ quotation from Psalm 118. If you chose not to translate [12:10](../12/10.md) as a quotation within a quotation, then you should do the same with this verse. Alternate translation: “and which says that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled as they looked at it” or “and that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled when they saw what the Lord had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes The expression **in our eyes** is a way of referring to the opinion of the viewer through reference to the act of seeing. Here, the act of seeing could be referring to “thinking about” or “considering” what is seen. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 12 b1vz writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν 1 they were seeking to seize him Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 12 12 lx62 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 but they feared the crowd Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. The religious leaders fear of the crowd is why they **left** Jesus and **went away**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “but because they were afraid of the crowd they did not” or “but they did not because they feared the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) MRK 12 12 v9wb figs-infostructure καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον; ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν. καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν, ἀπῆλθον 1 against them If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to show the logical sequence of events, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) MRK 12 12 v5wv grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here, Mark uses the word **but** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and this reason why they were not able to do. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) From 8db0bcd5592226ff87bf979129544401f4fb7ff6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 13:36:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 36/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 464482df7e..b3950f60d6 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ MRK 12 10 l5ma figs-idiom κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The phrase the **head MRK 12 11 r8z8 figs-quotesinquotes παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 This came from the Lord This entire verse is a continuation of Jesus’ quotation from Psalm 118. If you chose not to translate [12:10](../12/10.md) as a quotation within a quotation, then you should do the same with this verse. Alternate translation: “and which says that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled as they looked at it” or “and that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled when they saw what the Lord had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes The expression **in our eyes** is a way of referring to the opinion of the viewer through reference to the act of seeing. Here, the act of seeing could be referring to “thinking about” or “considering” what is seen. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 12 b1vz writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν 1 they were seeking to seize him Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -MRK 12 12 lx62 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 but they feared the crowd Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. The religious leaders fear of the crowd is why they **left** Jesus and **went away**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “but because they were afraid of the crowd they did not” or “but they did not because they feared the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) +MRK 12 12 lx62 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 but they feared the crowd Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. The religious leaders fear of the crowd is why they **left** Jesus and **went away**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “but because they were afraid of the crowd, they did not seize him” or “but they did not seize him, because they feared the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) MRK 12 12 v9wb figs-infostructure καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον; ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν. καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν, ἀπῆλθον 1 against them If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to show the logical sequence of events, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) MRK 12 12 v5wv grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here, Mark uses the word **but** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and this reason why they were not able to do. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) MRK 12 13 z2sf writing-pronouns καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν 1 And they send Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From fdebdcee4006b43aef475ac7833f39debd1ca592 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 13:43:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 37/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index b3950f60d6..fedf80a5c3 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμο MRK 12 12 b1vz writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν 1 they were seeking to seize him Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 12 12 lx62 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 but they feared the crowd Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. The religious leaders fear of the crowd is why they **left** Jesus and **went away**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “but because they were afraid of the crowd, they did not seize him” or “but they did not seize him, because they feared the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) MRK 12 12 v9wb figs-infostructure καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον; ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν. καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν, ἀπῆλθον 1 against them If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to show the logical sequence of events, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -MRK 12 12 v5wv grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here, Mark uses the word **but** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and this reason why they were not able to do. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +MRK 12 12 v5wv grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here, Mark uses the word **but** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and the reason why they were not able to do so. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however, they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) MRK 12 13 z2sf writing-pronouns καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν 1 And they send Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 12 13 pj3c figs-explicit τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 the Herodians The term **the Herodians** means those who supported the Roman Empire and Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 13 kuy5 figs-metaphor ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν 1 in order to trap him Here, Mark describes tricking Jesus as “trapping him.” If it would be helpful in your language to understand what **to trap him** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to trick him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From f69f91b2005c922ea85254c6ad1d2af95dd8f351 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 13:46:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 38/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index fedf80a5c3..6a8ff95211 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -916,9 +916,9 @@ MRK 12 12 v9wb figs-infostructure καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατ MRK 12 12 v5wv grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here, Mark uses the word **but** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and the reason why they were not able to do so. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however, they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) MRK 12 13 z2sf writing-pronouns καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν 1 And they send Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 12 13 pj3c figs-explicit τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 the Herodians The term **the Herodians** means those who supported the Roman Empire and Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 13 kuy5 figs-metaphor ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν 1 in order to trap him Here, Mark describes tricking Jesus as “trapping him.” If it would be helpful in your language to understand what **to trap him** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to trick him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 13 kuy5 figs-metaphor ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν 1 in order to trap him Here, Mark describes tricking Jesus as trapping him. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what **to trap him** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to trick him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 13 s1hb figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Mark uses the term **word** to mean something Jesus might say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in something he might say” or “with something he might say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 12 14 dh3d figs-synecdoche λέγουσιν 1 they say Mark could mean that one person spoke to Jesus on behalf of the whole group. So instead of **they**, you could say “one of them,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 12 14 dh3d figs-synecdoche λέγουσιν 1 they say Mark could mean that one person spoke to Jesus on behalf of the whole group. So instead of **they**, you could say “one of them says,” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 12 14 xhl6 Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). MRK 12 14 awv5 figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 The spies are speaking only of themselves, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) MRK 12 14 cp3x οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone Alternate translation: “you do not try to earn people’s favor but rather fearlessly teach the truth without worrying about people’s opinion” From a0d37b6c4ca1c161e5febf50ea9237b0973a3a2f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 13:52:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 39/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 6a8ff95211..069edfb1f1 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -921,7 +921,7 @@ MRK 12 13 s1hb figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Mark uses t MRK 12 14 dh3d figs-synecdoche λέγουσιν 1 they say Mark could mean that one person spoke to Jesus on behalf of the whole group. So instead of **they**, you could say “one of them says,” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 12 14 xhl6 Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). MRK 12 14 awv5 figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 The spies are speaking only of themselves, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -MRK 12 14 cp3x οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone Alternate translation: “you do not try to earn people’s favor but rather fearlessly teach the truth without worrying about people’s opinion” +MRK 12 14 cp3x οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone Alternate translation: “you do not try to earn people’s favor, but rather, you fearlessly teach the truth without worrying about people’s opinion” MRK 12 14 xptc figs-idiom οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone The phrase **not look at the face of men** is a Hebrew expression that means “to not give attention to people’s outward appearances.” Outward appearance in this context refers to social position and whether or not a person was wealthy or influential or had a high social and/or religious position. This phrase taken as a whole here means that Jesus was impartial in his judgement and teaching and did not show favoritism. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you pay no attention to external things when you speak” or “for you do not regard people’s position or status when you teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 12 14 qvpo figs-metonymy πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the term **face** means “external status and position.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the status and position of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 14 brm3 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, the word is used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From ed81df0bddbe532b377dd237c587a4133651f5e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 13:53:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 40/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 069edfb1f1..c90d97f844 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ MRK 12 14 dh3d figs-synecdoche λέγουσιν 1 they say Mark could mean that MRK 12 14 xhl6 Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). MRK 12 14 awv5 figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 The spies are speaking only of themselves, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) MRK 12 14 cp3x οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone Alternate translation: “you do not try to earn people’s favor, but rather, you fearlessly teach the truth without worrying about people’s opinion” -MRK 12 14 xptc figs-idiom οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone The phrase **not look at the face of men** is a Hebrew expression that means “to not give attention to people’s outward appearances.” Outward appearance in this context refers to social position and whether or not a person was wealthy or influential or had a high social and/or religious position. This phrase taken as a whole here means that Jesus was impartial in his judgement and teaching and did not show favoritism. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you pay no attention to external things when you speak” or “for you do not regard people’s position or status when you teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 12 14 xptc figs-idiom οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone The phrase **not look at the face of men** is a Hebrew expression that means “to not give attention to people’s outward appearances.” "Outward appearance" in this context refers to social position and whether or not a person was wealthy or influential or had a high social and/or religious position. This phrase, taken as a whole here, means that Jesus was impartial in his judgement and teaching and did not show favoritism. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you pay no attention to external things when you speak” or “for you do not regard people’s position or status when you teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 12 14 qvpo figs-metonymy πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the term **face** means “external status and position.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the status and position of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 14 brm3 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, the word is used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 12 14 yfnc figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the Jewish leaders speak of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. If it would help your readers to understand what **way** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From f9cad1555645790f1a57b7dfd7eead878ca57653 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 13:55:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 41/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index c90d97f844..8dc44dee45 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ MRK 12 14 xhl6 Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:3 MRK 12 14 awv5 figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 The spies are speaking only of themselves, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) MRK 12 14 cp3x οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone Alternate translation: “you do not try to earn people’s favor, but rather, you fearlessly teach the truth without worrying about people’s opinion” MRK 12 14 xptc figs-idiom οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone The phrase **not look at the face of men** is a Hebrew expression that means “to not give attention to people’s outward appearances.” "Outward appearance" in this context refers to social position and whether or not a person was wealthy or influential or had a high social and/or religious position. This phrase, taken as a whole here, means that Jesus was impartial in his judgement and teaching and did not show favoritism. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you pay no attention to external things when you speak” or “for you do not regard people’s position or status when you teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 12 14 qvpo figs-metonymy πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the term **face** means “external status and position.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the status and position of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 14 qvpo figs-metonymy πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the term **face** means “external status and position.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the status and social position of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 14 brm3 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, the word is used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 12 14 yfnc figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the Jewish leaders speak of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. If it would help your readers to understand what **way** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 14 ap2q figs-abstractnouns ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you can express the same idea with an adverb such as “truthfully” as modeled by the UST, or in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 5ec9e287af48a805ae842808afabe2d084ad1819 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 14:03:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 42/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 8dc44dee45..8db29e179e 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ MRK 12 14 xptc figs-idiom οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον MRK 12 14 qvpo figs-metonymy πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the term **face** means “external status and position.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the status and social position of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 14 brm3 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, the word is used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 12 14 yfnc figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the Jewish leaders speak of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. If it would help your readers to understand what **way** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 12 14 ap2q figs-abstractnouns ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you can express the same idea with an adverb such as “truthfully” as modeled by the UST, or in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 12 14 ap2q figs-abstractnouns ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you can express the same idea with an adverb such as “truthfully,” as modeled by the UST or in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 12 14 k0tw figs-explicit ἔξεστιν 1 The Jewish leaders are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 14 gtsk figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 The Jewish leaders were referring to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler.If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 15 g48w figs-abstractnouns ὁ δὲ εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν, εἶπεν 1 he, knowing their hypocrisy If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hypocrisy**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “But Jesus knew that they were not being sincere, so he said” or “But Jesus realized that they were trying to trick him, and so he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From ced120c0de84e5eed2a128085b21a33e70328ba9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 14:07:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 43/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 8db29e179e..50fce9bc82 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ MRK 12 14 cp3x οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 it is not a MRK 12 14 xptc figs-idiom οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone The phrase **not look at the face of men** is a Hebrew expression that means “to not give attention to people’s outward appearances.” "Outward appearance" in this context refers to social position and whether or not a person was wealthy or influential or had a high social and/or religious position. This phrase, taken as a whole here, means that Jesus was impartial in his judgement and teaching and did not show favoritism. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you pay no attention to external things when you speak” or “for you do not regard people’s position or status when you teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 12 14 qvpo figs-metonymy πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the term **face** means “external status and position.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the status and social position of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 14 brm3 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, the word is used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -MRK 12 14 yfnc figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the Jewish leaders speak of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. If it would help your readers to understand what **way** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 14 yfnc figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the Jewish leaders speak of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. If it would help your readers to understand what **way** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 14 ap2q figs-abstractnouns ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you can express the same idea with an adverb such as “truthfully,” as modeled by the UST or in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 12 14 k0tw figs-explicit ἔξεστιν 1 The Jewish leaders are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 14 gtsk figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 The Jewish leaders were referring to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler.If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 5b2597f12ef8d02c3cf97fa495c660487d1bbeba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 14:09:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 44/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 50fce9bc82..44579f4fd8 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ MRK 12 14 qvpo figs-metonymy πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the ter MRK 12 14 brm3 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, the word is used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 12 14 yfnc figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the Jewish leaders speak of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. If it would help your readers to understand what **way** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 14 ap2q figs-abstractnouns ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you can express the same idea with an adverb such as “truthfully,” as modeled by the UST or in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MRK 12 14 k0tw figs-explicit ἔξεστιν 1 The Jewish leaders are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 14 k0tw figs-explicit ἔξεστιν 1 The Jewish leaders are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 14 gtsk figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 The Jewish leaders were referring to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler.If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 15 g48w figs-abstractnouns ὁ δὲ εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν, εἶπεν 1 he, knowing their hypocrisy If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hypocrisy**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “But Jesus knew that they were not being sincere, so he said” or “But Jesus realized that they were trying to trick him, and so he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 12 15 c7nj figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε 1 Why do you test me? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here as a rebuke and for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for these purposes in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I know that you are trying to make me say something wrong so you could accuse me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From c4268abdd00638837b095d25c7ca5bc634f0115b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 14:13:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 45/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 44579f4fd8..d290e353f3 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -928,10 +928,10 @@ MRK 12 14 brm3 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men MRK 12 14 yfnc figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the Jewish leaders speak of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. If it would help your readers to understand what **way** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 14 ap2q figs-abstractnouns ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you can express the same idea with an adverb such as “truthfully,” as modeled by the UST or in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 12 14 k0tw figs-explicit ἔξεστιν 1 The Jewish leaders are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 14 gtsk figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 The Jewish leaders were referring to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler.If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 14 gtsk figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 The Jewish leaders were referring to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 15 g48w figs-abstractnouns ὁ δὲ εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν, εἶπεν 1 he, knowing their hypocrisy If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hypocrisy**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “But Jesus knew that they were not being sincere, so he said” or “But Jesus realized that they were trying to trick him, and so he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MRK 12 15 c7nj figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε 1 Why do you test me? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here as a rebuke and for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for these purposes in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I know that you are trying to make me say something wrong so you could accuse me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 12 15 wl34 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. Alternate translation: “a Roman coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) +MRK 12 15 c7nj figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε 1 Why do you test me? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here as a rebuke and for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for these purposes in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I know that you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 12 15 wl34 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage for a laborer. Alternate translation: “a Roman coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) MRK 12 16 ev6s οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν 1 And they brought one Alternate translation: “So the Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius” MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-explicit Καίσαρος 1 they said to him, “Caesar’s.” Here, **Caesar’s** refers to Caesar’s likeness and inscription. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι 1 The things of Caesar, give back to Caesar See how you translated **Caesar** in [12:14](../12/14.md). Alternate translation: “Give to the Roman government the things that belong to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 20a98c28ae6ac06d5e1d162ecf7f17397afc434a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 14:17:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 46/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index d290e353f3..3ff58d99e1 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ MRK 12 15 c7nj figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε 1 Why do you test me? MRK 12 15 wl34 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage for a laborer. Alternate translation: “a Roman coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) MRK 12 16 ev6s οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν 1 And they brought one Alternate translation: “So the Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius” MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-explicit Καίσαρος 1 they said to him, “Caesar’s.” Here, **Caesar’s** refers to Caesar’s likeness and inscription. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι 1 The things of Caesar, give back to Caesar See how you translated **Caesar** in [12:14](../12/14.md). Alternate translation: “Give to the Roman government the things that belong to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι 1 The things of Caesar, give back to Caesar See how you translated **Caesar** in [12:14](../12/14.md). Alternate translation: “The things that belong to the Roman government, give back to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and the things of God, to God Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things that belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 12 18 edcn writing-background οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark provides this background information about the Sadducees to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “who are a sect who deny the resurrection of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 12 18 y8yo writing-participants καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark uses the words **Sadducees … come to him** to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees, who say there is not resurrection, then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) From ee652ee13490b7e1869a61a60ee4e2278ae96f06 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 14:18:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 47/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 3ff58d99e1..aca90f07e3 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ MRK 12 15 wl34 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius A denarius was a s MRK 12 16 ev6s οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν 1 And they brought one Alternate translation: “So the Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius” MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-explicit Καίσαρος 1 they said to him, “Caesar’s.” Here, **Caesar’s** refers to Caesar’s likeness and inscription. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι 1 The things of Caesar, give back to Caesar See how you translated **Caesar** in [12:14](../12/14.md). Alternate translation: “The things that belong to the Roman government, give back to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and the things of God, to God Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things that belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and the things of God, to God Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things that belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 12 18 edcn writing-background οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark provides this background information about the Sadducees to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “who are a sect who deny the resurrection of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 12 18 y8yo writing-participants καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark uses the words **Sadducees … come to him** to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees, who say there is not resurrection, then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) MRK 12 18 ss09 figs-distinguish Σαδδουκαῖοι…οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “Sadducees believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) From 8565a7dd200731b5564841e47d5d22901378bf26 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 14:18:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 48/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index aca90f07e3..d6e1c860f0 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ MRK 12 16 ev6s οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν 1 And they brought one Alternate tra MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-explicit Καίσαρος 1 they said to him, “Caesar’s.” Here, **Caesar’s** refers to Caesar’s likeness and inscription. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι 1 The things of Caesar, give back to Caesar See how you translated **Caesar** in [12:14](../12/14.md). Alternate translation: “The things that belong to the Roman government, give back to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and the things of God, to God Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things that belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 12 18 edcn writing-background οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark provides this background information about the Sadducees to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “who are a sect who deny the resurrection of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 12 18 edcn writing-background οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark provides this background information about the Sadducees to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “who belong to a sect which denies the resurrection of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 12 18 y8yo writing-participants καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark uses the words **Sadducees … come to him** to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees, who say there is not resurrection, then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) MRK 12 18 ss09 figs-distinguish Σαδδουκαῖοι…οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “Sadducees believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) MRK 12 18 rdl7 figs-explicit οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 who say there is no resurrection The word **resurrection** refers to becoming alive again after being dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 5c71479eb11cbfa9870de05713738fc399b90f65 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 14:20:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 49/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index d6e1c860f0..5eafe8fdd3 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-explicit Καίσαρος 1 they said to him, “Caesar’s. MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι 1 The things of Caesar, give back to Caesar See how you translated **Caesar** in [12:14](../12/14.md). Alternate translation: “The things that belong to the Roman government, give back to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and the things of God, to God Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things that belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 12 18 edcn writing-background οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark provides this background information about the Sadducees to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “who belong to a sect which denies the resurrection of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MRK 12 18 y8yo writing-participants καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark uses the words **Sadducees … come to him** to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees, who say there is not resurrection, then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +MRK 12 18 y8yo writing-participants καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark uses the words **Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, come to him** to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) MRK 12 18 ss09 figs-distinguish Σαδδουκαῖοι…οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “Sadducees believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) MRK 12 18 rdl7 figs-explicit οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 who say there is no resurrection The word **resurrection** refers to becoming alive again after being dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 18 ax25 figs-synecdoche λέγοντες 1 Mark could mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group. You could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From d38d973180491b89cd7f9aecda930a6587494cd0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 14:22:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 50/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 5eafe8fdd3..273a8c34b7 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρ MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and the things of God, to God Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things that belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 12 18 edcn writing-background οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark provides this background information about the Sadducees to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “who belong to a sect which denies the resurrection of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 12 18 y8yo writing-participants καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark uses the words **Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, come to him** to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -MRK 12 18 ss09 figs-distinguish Σαδδουκαῖοι…οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “Sadducees believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +MRK 12 18 ss09 figs-distinguish Σαδδουκαῖοι…οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “Sadducees, men who believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) MRK 12 18 rdl7 figs-explicit οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 who say there is no resurrection The word **resurrection** refers to becoming alive again after being dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 18 ax25 figs-synecdoche λέγοντες 1 Mark could mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group. You could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 12 19 w3ev Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). From 1a94b36e6d1e4d2cb1f0be7d3b5b50a60afbaa82 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 14:29:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 51/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 273a8c34b7..b9597b7d53 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -944,8 +944,8 @@ MRK 12 18 ax25 figs-synecdoche λέγοντες 1 Mark could mean that one Sadd MRK 12 19 w3ev Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). MRK 12 19 e8x2 figs-metonymy Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ 1 Moses wrote to us, ‘If someone’s brother may die These Sadducees are describing Moses giving this instruction in the law by association with the way that he wrote it. Alternate translation: “Moses instructed us in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 19 m8fh figs-exclusive ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 wrote to us Here, the word **us** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. The Sadducees mean “us Jews,” and they are speaking to Jesus, who is also a Jew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -MRK 12 19 kgws figs-hypo ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ, καὶ καταλίπῃ γυναῖκα καὶ μὴ ἀφῇ τέκνον 1 Alternate translation: “if a man’s brother dies who is married but who does not have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -MRK 12 19 g49e ἵνα λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα 1 his brother should take the wife Alternate translation: “that man should marry his dead brother’s widow” or “that the man should marry his brother’s wife” +MRK 12 19 kgws figs-hypo ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ, καὶ καταλίπῃ γυναῖκα καὶ μὴ ἀφῇ τέκνον 1 Alternate translation: “if a man’s brother dies who was married but who did not have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +MRK 12 19 g49e ἵνα λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα 1 his brother should take the wife Alternate translation: “that man should marry his brother’s widow” or “that the man should marry his dead brother’s wife” MRK 12 19 m2um figs-metaphor καὶ ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 should raise up offspring to his brother The Sadducees assume that Jesus will know that this law specified that if the widow had children by her dead husband’s brother, those children would be considered the children of her dead husband. Alternate translation: “and have children who will be considered his brother’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 19 r0tg figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 The term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If it would help your readers to understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 20 wz27 figs-hypo ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα, καὶ ἀποθνῄσκων, οὐκ ἀφῆκεν σπέρμα 1 There were seven brothers While the Sadducees describe this as if it happened, they are actually asking about a hypothetical possibility in order to test Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers, and the oldest brother got married, but he died before he had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) From 5aa6613ef19508314b9155ece92cb358ae20e46a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 14:55:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 52/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 14 +++++++------- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index b9597b7d53..dd3946a80d 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ MRK 12 21 uef6 figs-hypo καὶ 1 The Sadducees are continuing to describe a h MRK 12 21 d61g figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second … the third Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 12 21 na6s translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second took her If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MRK 12 21 cgzm figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 See how you translated this sense of the word **seed** in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 12 21 tbzw figs-explicit καὶ ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως 1 The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the third brother married this widow, but also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 21 tbzw figs-explicit καὶ ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως 1 The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the third brother married this widow but also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 21 l1ds figs-nominaladj ὁ τρίτος 1 the third likewise Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 12 21 hx1q translate-ordinal ὁ τρίτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MRK 12 22 wjq8 figs-ellipsis οἱ ἑπτὰ 1 the seven The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -971,14 +971,14 @@ MRK 12 25 ox82 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjecti MRK 12 25 y8vz figs-activepassive οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 they may rise If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can say who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 12 25 ensg figs-idiom οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you could use a single term here. Alternate translation: “they do not get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 12 25 asw4 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ εἰσὶν ὡς ἄγγελοι ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that angels do not marry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they will be like the angels, who do not marry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 25 pi8l grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 the heavens What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what is currently the case on earth. Jesus is using this contrast to show the Sadducees that they mistakenly thought that men and women being raised from the dead automatically meant that their existence would follow the same pattern or order of things as their former lives on earth had. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +MRK 12 25 pi8l grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 the heavens What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what is currently the case on earth. Jesus is using this contrast to show the Sadducees that they mistakenly thought that the existence of men and women being raised from the dead would follow the same pattern or order of things as had their former lives on earth. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) MRK 12 26 mffe figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. See how you translated the phrase **the dead** in [12:25](../12/25.md). Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -MRK 12 26 z36n figs-activepassive τῶν νεκρῶν, ὅτι ἐγείρονται 1 that are raised If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who does the action. Alternate translation: “the matter of God bringing back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 12 26 z36n figs-activepassive τῶν νεκρῶν, ὅτι ἐγείρονται 1 that are raised If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who does the action. Alternate translation: “the matter of God bringing back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 12 26 eod4 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here for emphasis in order to rebuke the Sadducees for not correctly understanding the Scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have surely read in the book of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 12 26 jc5a figs-possession τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως 1 the book of Moses Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the book that Moses wrote, the Pentateuch. Jesus is not using the possessive form to indicate a book that Moses owned. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify this in your translation as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -MRK 12 26 w2lj figs-explicit ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the **bush** in the desert that was burning without being consumed, at which Moses encountered God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 26 si2b figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush Jesus is not referring to the actual encounter that Moses had with God at the burning bush, since during that encounter Moses did not say the words that Jesus attributes to him here. Rather, God said those words about himself, and Moses recorded them in the Scriptures. So Jesus is referring by association to the passage in which Moses describes his encounter with God at the burning bush. Alternate translation: “in the passage where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 12 26 y35v figs-verbs λέγων 1 how God spoke to him In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]]) +MRK 12 26 jc5a figs-possession τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως 1 the book of Moses Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the book that Moses wrote, the Pentateuch. Jesus is not using the possessive form to indicate a book that Moses owned. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify this in your translation, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +MRK 12 26 w2lj figs-explicit ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the **bush** in the desert that was burning without being consumed, the place at which Moses first encountered God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 26 si2b figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush Jesus is not referring to the actual encounter that Moses had with God at the burning bush, since during that encounter Moses did not say the words that Jesus attributes to him here. Rather, God said those words about himself, and Moses recorded them in the scriptures. So Jesus is referring by association to the passage in which Moses describes his encounter with God at the burning bush. Alternate translation: “in the passage where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 26 y35v figs-verbs λέγων 1 how God spoke to him In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “and he called out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]]) MRK 12 26 re82 figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ 1 I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 27 dgc9 figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the God of the dead, but of the living Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression or by using plain language. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 12 27 xxzs figs-nominaladj ζώντων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression or by using plain language. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) From 5e9d15ae10b4c943191736ede7dd1bb3bd839d52 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 15:00:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 53/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index dd3946a80d..98beec91e5 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ MRK 12 26 re82 figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς MRK 12 27 dgc9 figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the God of the dead, but of the living Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression or by using plain language. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 12 27 xxzs figs-nominaladj ζώντων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression or by using plain language. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 12 27 v7ui figs-activepassive πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 the God of the dead, but of the living If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You are greatly mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 12 28 zqy4 writing-participants καὶ…εἷς τῶν γραμματέων 1 Mark uses the statement **And one of the scribes** to introduce this new character into the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “one of the scribes” identifies him as a teacher who had carefully studied the Law of Moses. Since he is a new participant, If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to him as something like “A man who taught the Jewish laws,” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +MRK 12 28 zqy4 writing-participants καὶ…εἷς τῶν γραμματέων 1 Mark uses the statement **And one of the scribes** to introduce this new character into the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “one of the scribes” identifies him as a teacher who had carefully studied the law of Moses. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to him as something like “A man who taught the Jewish laws,” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) MRK 12 28 b3yh figs-metonymy ἰδὼν 1 Here, Mark is using the word **seen** to mean “understood” or “knew.” He is describing something a person would perceive with their mind by association with eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “He understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 28 q1u5 figs-metaphor ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων 1 he asked him Here, the scribe is using the word **first** to mean “most important.” If your readers would not understand the use of **first** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning using plain language, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 28 kftz translate-ordinal ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) From 90c169c40295a6f39f8a59d3818b8491c3eb1452 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 15:02:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 54/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 98beec91e5..ac7cc8aecf 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ MRK 12 27 dgc9 figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the God of the dead, but of the l MRK 12 27 xxzs figs-nominaladj ζώντων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression or by using plain language. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 12 27 v7ui figs-activepassive πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 the God of the dead, but of the living If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You are greatly mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 12 28 zqy4 writing-participants καὶ…εἷς τῶν γραμματέων 1 Mark uses the statement **And one of the scribes** to introduce this new character into the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “one of the scribes” identifies him as a teacher who had carefully studied the law of Moses. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to him as something like “A man who taught the Jewish laws,” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -MRK 12 28 b3yh figs-metonymy ἰδὼν 1 Here, Mark is using the word **seen** to mean “understood” or “knew.” He is describing something a person would perceive with their mind by association with eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “He understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 28 b3yh figs-metonymy ἰδὼν 1 Here, Mark is using the word **seen** to mean “observed” or “knew.” He is describing something a person would perceive with their mind by association with their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “having understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 28 q1u5 figs-metaphor ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων 1 he asked him Here, the scribe is using the word **first** to mean “most important.” If your readers would not understand the use of **first** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning using plain language, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 28 kftz translate-ordinal ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MRK 12 29 ztyh figs-metaphor πρώτη 1 Here, Jesus continues the use of the word **first**. See how you translated the phrase **The first** in [12:28](../12/28.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 79630fb5f32b4fd6f1b4a104bdce96476d441414 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 15:12:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 55/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index ac7cc8aecf..e0569801f5 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -987,14 +987,14 @@ MRK 12 28 zqy4 writing-participants καὶ…εἷς τῶν γραμματέω MRK 12 28 b3yh figs-metonymy ἰδὼν 1 Here, Mark is using the word **seen** to mean “observed” or “knew.” He is describing something a person would perceive with their mind by association with their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “having understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 28 q1u5 figs-metaphor ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων 1 he asked him Here, the scribe is using the word **first** to mean “most important.” If your readers would not understand the use of **first** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning using plain language, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 28 kftz translate-ordinal ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -MRK 12 29 ztyh figs-metaphor πρώτη 1 Here, Jesus continues the use of the word **first**. See how you translated the phrase **The first** in [12:28](../12/28.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 12 29 euim figs-ellipsis πρώτη 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The first commandment is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 12 29 n74y figs-nominaladj πρώτη 1 The first is If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase **The first** in [12:28](../12/28.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 12 29 ztyh figs-metaphor πρώτη 1 Here, Jesus continues the use of the word **first**. See how you translated the phrase **The first** in [12:28](../12/28.md,) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 29 euim figs-ellipsis πρώτη 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The first commandment is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 12 29 n74y figs-nominaladj πρώτη 1 The first is If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase **The first** in [12:28](../12/28.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 12 29 mq92 figs-personification Ἰσραήλ 1 Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God is referring to all of the people of Israel as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “O Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) MRK 12 29 mmtb Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν 1 The phrase **the Lord our God, the Lord is one** could be: (1) an affirmation of the exclusiveness of the Lord as Israel’s god for the purpose of reminding Israel that the Lord was to be the only god they should worship. Alternate translation: “the Lord alone is our God” (2) an affirmation of the uniqueness of the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord our God, the Lord is special” MRK 12 30 thj7 figs-declarative ἀγαπήσεις 1 Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -MRK 12 30 xjng figs-merism ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 from your whole heart … from your whole soul … from your whole mind … from your whole strength Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God is referring to the entirety of a person by listing different parts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with the entirety of your being” or “completely with your entire person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -MRK 12 30 q49v figs-metaphor ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου 1 from your whole heart, and from your whole soul Here, the term **heart** represents a person’s mind and specifically the mind as the center and source of persons thinking and will. If the use of **heart** would not be understood here, you could use an equivalent expression or us plain language. Alternate translation: “with all your mind” or “with your whole mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 30 xjng figs-merism ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 from your whole heart … from your whole soul … from your whole mind … from your whole strength Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God is referring to the entirety of a person by listing different parts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with the entirety of your being” or “completely, with your entire person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +MRK 12 30 q49v figs-metaphor ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου 1 from your whole heart, and from your whole soul Here, the term **heart** represents a person’s mind and specifically the mind as the center and source of a person's thinking and will. If the use of **heart** would not be understood here, you could use an equivalent expression or us plain language. Alternate translation: “with all your mind” or “with your whole mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 30 m8hi ἐξ…ἐξ…ἐξ…ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “with” MRK 12 30 x3n5 figs-abstractnouns ψυχῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **soul**, you can express the same idea in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 12 30 ln0t figs-abstractnouns διανοίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mind**, you can express the same idea in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 6eee6761dfca19c1b524fc07fda156d2a724606a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 15:24:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 56/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 12 ++++++------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index e0569801f5..5b4e6d02eb 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1004,19 +1004,19 @@ MRK 12 31 fz8g figs-explicit δευτέρα 1 Here, Jesus is using the word **s MRK 12 31 oegh translate-ordinal δευτέρα 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **second**, you can express the meaning behind the word **second** in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MRK 12 31 np4y figs-ellipsis ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You will love your neighbor as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 12 31 tp6p figs-declarative ἀγαπήσεις 1 You will love your neighbor as yourself Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -MRK 12 31 pyc1 figs-explicit τούτων 1 than these Here, the word **these** refers to the two commandments that Jesus has just quoted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 31 pyc1 figs-explicit τούτων 1 than these Here, the word **these** refers to the two commandments that Jesus has just quoted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 32 uhgy Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). -MRK 12 32 qqm4 figs-abstractnouns ἀληθείας 1 Good, Teacher If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you can express the same idea in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 12 32 qqm4 figs-abstractnouns ἀληθείας 1 Good, Teacher If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you can express the same idea in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 12 32 awe3 εἷς ἐστιν 1 he is one See how you translated the phrase **is one** in [12:29](../12/29.md). MRK 12 32 as2j figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος 1 that there is no other The scribe is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “that there is no other god” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 12 33 v8yn figs-metaphor ὅλης τῆς καρδίας 1 See how you translated the phrase **whole heart** in [12:30](../12/30.md). Alternate translation: “with all your mind” or “with your whole mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 12 33 xnq9 figs-abstractnouns συνέσεως 1 from your whole heart … from your whole understanding … from your whole strength If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **understanding**, you can express the same idea in another way as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 12 33 xnq9 figs-abstractnouns συνέσεως 1 from your whole heart … from your whole understanding … from your whole strength If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **understanding**, you can express the same idea in another way, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 12 33 k42a figs-abstractnouns ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος 1 from your whole heart See how you translated the phrase **whole strength** in [12:30](../12/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MRK 12 33 ekfy figs-ellipsis τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 The scribe is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to love your neighbor as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 12 33 ekfy figs-ellipsis τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 The scribe is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to love your neighbor as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 12 33 ll9t περισσότερόν ἐστιν 1 is even more than Alternate translation: “is even more important than” or “is greater than” -MRK 12 34 hkf7 figs-metonymy ἰδὼν αὐτὸν 1 See how you translated the use of the word **seen** in [12:28](../12/28.md) where it is used with the same figurative meaning. Alternate translation: “having understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 34 hkf7 figs-metonymy ἰδὼν αὐτὸν 1 See how you translated the use of the word **seen** in [12:28](../12/28.md) where it is used with the same figurative meaning. Alternate translation: “having understood him” or "having observed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 34 b144 οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the saying **You are not far from the kingdom of God** in positive form. Alternate translation: “You are very close to the kingdom of God” -MRK 12 34 is4c figs-metaphor οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God Here, Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as being physically close to **the kingdom of God**. Jesus is speaking of **the kingdom of God** as if it were a physical place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 34 is4c figs-metaphor οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God Here, Jesus speaks of the man being almost ready to submit to God as being physically close to **the kingdom of God**. Jesus is speaking of **the kingdom of God** as if it were a physical place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 34 lfti figs-abstractnouns Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you can express the same idea in another way, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 12 34 rgh8 figs-doublenegatives οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα 1 no one any longer was daring If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everyone was afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MRK 12 35 ptc8 figs-synecdoche ἱερῷ 1 answering, Jesus, teaching in the temple, said See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 2b62a5852df570457f1cad67cddb1f4ad16bb9ed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 15:28:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 57/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 5b4e6d02eb..86bb6799b3 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1019,11 +1019,11 @@ MRK 12 34 b144 οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τ MRK 12 34 is4c figs-metaphor οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God Here, Jesus speaks of the man being almost ready to submit to God as being physically close to **the kingdom of God**. Jesus is speaking of **the kingdom of God** as if it were a physical place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 34 lfti figs-abstractnouns Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you can express the same idea in another way, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 12 34 rgh8 figs-doublenegatives οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα 1 no one any longer was daring If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everyone was afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -MRK 12 35 ptc8 figs-synecdoche ἱερῷ 1 answering, Jesus, teaching in the temple, said See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 12 35 ptc8 figs-synecdoche ἱερῷ 1 answering, Jesus, teaching in the temple, said See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 12 35 q6e4 figs-rquestion πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς, υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν? 1 How do the scribes say that the Christ is the son of David? This does not seem to be a rhetorical question that Jesus is using as a teaching tool. Rather, it seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer. They had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 12 35 i6a4 figs-metaphor υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the son of David Here, Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” If your readers would not understand what **son** means in this context you could express its meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 35 i6a4 figs-metaphor υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the son of David Here, Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” If your readers would not understand what **son** means in this context, you could express its meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 36 e1zq figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 David himself Jesus uses the word **himself** here to emphasize that it was David, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who spoke the words in the quotation that follows. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom you call the father of the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -MRK 12 36 jlbd figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “said, by inspiration of the Holy Spirit, that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 12 36 jlbd figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “said, by inspiration of the Holy Spirit, that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 12 36 ejy2 ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ 1 in the Holy Spirit Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” or “by the inspiration of the Holy Spirit” MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-euphemism εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 said, ‘The Lord said to my Lord Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and said Lord instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” The ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 12 36 v53p translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) From afbebe3a4989ae4dc7b0c20c543241901947c342 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 15:41:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 58/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 14 +++++++------- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 86bb6799b3..3b9fd55b1c 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1028,17 +1028,17 @@ MRK 12 36 ejy2 ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ 1 in the Holy Spir MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-euphemism εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 said, ‘The Lord said to my Lord Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and said Lord instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” The ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 12 36 v53p translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MRK 12 36 k2j1 figs-nominaladj κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 In this quotation, Yahweh is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate his right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could state that specifically. Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -MRK 12 36 rfy9 translate-symaction ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 To place an enemy under one’s feet is symbolic for conquering an enemy and making them submit and so here it means that Yahweh would make His enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -MRK 12 37 j7wn figs-quotesinquotes αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David himself calls the Messiah his Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 12 36 rfy9 translate-symaction ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 To place an enemy under one’s feet is symbolic for conquering an enemy and making them submit, and so here it means that Yahweh would make His enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +MRK 12 37 j7wn figs-quotesinquotes αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David himself calls the Messiah his Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 12 37 ka5u figs-explicit λέγει αὐτὸν 1 calls him ‘Lord,’ Here, the word **him** refers to the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 37 ssq3 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 See how you translated the word **himself** in [12:36](../12/36.md), where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person” or “David, whom we all respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -MRK 12 37 qpdy figs-explicit αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone **Lord** was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox, that is, it is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David therefore addresses the Messiah respectfully as his Lord. But if the Messiah is his descendant, David should be the more respected person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 37 qpdy figs-explicit αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone **Lord** was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox. That is, it is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David therefore addresses the Messiah respectfully as his Lord. But if the Messiah is his descendant, David should be the more respected person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 37 rh2t figs-rquestion καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 and how is he his son? Like the question in [12:35](../12/35.md), this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 12 37 qucc grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Jesus is using the word **and** to show that a conclusion should be made as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previously believed. Us a natural form in your language for showing this. Alternate translation: “so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -MRK 12 37 tjp6 figs-metaphor υἱός 1 Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant” as he did in [12:35](../12/35.md). See how you translated the term **son** there. Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 37 qucc grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Jesus is using the word **and** to show that a conclusion should be made as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previously believed. Use a natural form in your language for showing this. Alternate translation: “so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +MRK 12 37 tjp6 figs-metaphor υἱός 1 Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant,” as he did in [12:35](../12/35.md). See how you translated the term **son** there. Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 38 bh8w grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 Mark uses the word **And** to indicate that after asking his own difficult question to the people who had been trying to trap him, Jesus turned to speak to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -MRK 12 38 rwxq figs-yousingular βλέπετε 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **Watch out** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you watch out for” or “Every one of you watch out for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -MRK 12 38 yhfv figs-metonymy βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων 1 Jesus says **Watch out** to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 38 rwxq figs-yousingular βλέπετε 1 In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **Watch out** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you watch out for” or “Every one of you watch out for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 12 38 yhfv figs-metonymy βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων 1 Jesus says **Watch out** to warn about the influence of certain people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 38 nxy9 translate-symaction τῶν θελόντων ἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν 1 In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a **long robe** was to assert wealth and status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MRK 12 38 mu5a figs-explicit ἀσπασμοὺς 1 The implication is that these would be respectful **greetings**, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “desire respectful greetings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 39 mwmf figs-metaphor πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας 1 Both uses of the word **first** here figuratively mean “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From ff13f6d445fa612469f90c32271809cbaabe06f5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 15:45:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 59/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 3b9fd55b1c..8168f225a0 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1039,9 +1039,9 @@ MRK 12 37 tjp6 figs-metaphor υἱός 1 Jesus is using the term **son** figura MRK 12 38 bh8w grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 Mark uses the word **And** to indicate that after asking his own difficult question to the people who had been trying to trap him, Jesus turned to speak to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) MRK 12 38 rwxq figs-yousingular βλέπετε 1 In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **Watch out** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you watch out for” or “Every one of you watch out for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 12 38 yhfv figs-metonymy βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων 1 Jesus says **Watch out** to warn about the influence of certain people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 12 38 nxy9 translate-symaction τῶν θελόντων ἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν 1 In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a **long robe** was to assert wealth and status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -MRK 12 38 mu5a figs-explicit ἀσπασμοὺς 1 The implication is that these would be respectful **greetings**, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “desire respectful greetings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 39 mwmf figs-metaphor πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας 1 Both uses of the word **first** here figuratively mean “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 38 nxy9 translate-symaction τῶν θελόντων ἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν 1 In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in **long robes** was to assert one's right to high status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +MRK 12 38 mu5a figs-explicit ἀσπασμοὺς 1 The implication is that these would be respectful **greetings** in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “respectful greetings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 39 mwmf figs-metaphor πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας 1 Both uses of the word **first** here mean “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 40 jtw4 figs-metonymy οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of the widows Jesus speaks figuratively of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 40 j27b figs-metaphor οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 the houses of the widows Jesus says that the scribes are **devouring** or eating up the possessions of widows. He means that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 40 r3ht καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι 1 Here, **pretext** refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they offer long prayers” From 4b2452d9e8adb51048ffc24afcb8a5d6dde80092 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 15:51:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 60/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 8168f225a0..384c064f5b 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ MRK 12 38 mu5a figs-explicit ἀσπασμοὺς 1 The implication is that the MRK 12 39 mwmf figs-metaphor πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας 1 Both uses of the word **first** here mean “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 40 jtw4 figs-metonymy οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of the widows Jesus speaks figuratively of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 40 j27b figs-metaphor οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 the houses of the widows Jesus says that the scribes are **devouring** or eating up the possessions of widows. He means that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 12 40 r3ht καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι 1 Here, **pretext** refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they offer long prayers” +MRK 12 40 r3ht καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι 1 Here, **pretext** refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they are offering long prayers” MRK 12 40 qm52 figs-metonymy οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These will receive greater condemnation Jesus is using the word **condemnation** figuratively to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned (found guilty) for doing something wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “These scribes will receive greater punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 40 h36x figs-explicit οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 will receive greater condemnation The implication seems to be that these proud and greedy scribes will receive **greater** punishment than they would have if they had not pretended to be so godly. It is also implicit that God will be the one who punishes them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “God will punish these scribes more severely because they do all these wrong things while pretending to be godly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 41 r69x writing-background καὶ 1 Connecting Statement: Mark uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help his readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) From f9100bc33f7a0f5a8dccf248d795040fb0f505d9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 15:52:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 61/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 384c064f5b..e2efe21e6f 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1045,10 +1045,10 @@ MRK 12 39 mwmf figs-metaphor πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισί MRK 12 40 jtw4 figs-metonymy οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of the widows Jesus speaks figuratively of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 40 j27b figs-metaphor οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 the houses of the widows Jesus says that the scribes are **devouring** or eating up the possessions of widows. He means that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 40 r3ht καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι 1 Here, **pretext** refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they are offering long prayers” -MRK 12 40 qm52 figs-metonymy οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These will receive greater condemnation Jesus is using the word **condemnation** figuratively to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned (found guilty) for doing something wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “These scribes will receive greater punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 40 qm52 figs-metonymy οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These will receive greater condemnation Jesus is using the word **condemnation** to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned (found guilty) for doing something wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “These scribes will receive greater punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 40 h36x figs-explicit οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 will receive greater condemnation The implication seems to be that these proud and greedy scribes will receive **greater** punishment than they would have if they had not pretended to be so godly. It is also implicit that God will be the one who punishes them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “God will punish these scribes more severely because they do all these wrong things while pretending to be godly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 41 r69x writing-background καὶ 1 Connecting Statement: Mark uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help his readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MRK 12 41 nohd writing-newevent καθίσας κατέναντι τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου, ἐθεώρει πῶς ὁ ὄχλος βάλλει χαλκὸν εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον; καὶ πολλοὶ πλούσιοι ἔβαλλον πολλά 1 This background information that Mark provides introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “after Jesus sat down he was watching the crowd put money into the offering box and noticed that there were many rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MRK 12 41 nohd writing-newevent καθίσας κατέναντι τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου, ἐθεώρει πῶς ὁ ὄχλος βάλλει χαλκὸν εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον; καὶ πολλοὶ πλούσιοι ἔβαλλον πολλά 1 This background information introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “after Jesus sat down he was watching the crowd put money into the offering box and noticing that there were many rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 12 41 p2kp figs-metonymy τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου…τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον 1 the temple offering box Mark is figuratively describing the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God by association with the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed, the treasury. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes … the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 12 41 w4xc grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression such as “many people” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) MRK 12 41 jgkw figs-nominaladj πλούσιοι 1 Mark is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression such as “rich people” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) From 441be7d2e80734bc984cdd6b916315521147cba1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 16:00:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 62/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index e2efe21e6f..1d6d25120f 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1049,11 +1049,11 @@ MRK 12 40 qm52 figs-metonymy οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερ MRK 12 40 h36x figs-explicit οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 will receive greater condemnation The implication seems to be that these proud and greedy scribes will receive **greater** punishment than they would have if they had not pretended to be so godly. It is also implicit that God will be the one who punishes them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “God will punish these scribes more severely because they do all these wrong things while pretending to be godly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 41 r69x writing-background καὶ 1 Connecting Statement: Mark uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help his readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 12 41 nohd writing-newevent καθίσας κατέναντι τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου, ἐθεώρει πῶς ὁ ὄχλος βάλλει χαλκὸν εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον; καὶ πολλοὶ πλούσιοι ἔβαλλον πολλά 1 This background information introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “after Jesus sat down he was watching the crowd put money into the offering box and noticing that there were many rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -MRK 12 41 p2kp figs-metonymy τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου…τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον 1 the temple offering box Mark is figuratively describing the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God by association with the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed, the treasury. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes … the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 12 41 w4xc grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression such as “many people” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -MRK 12 41 jgkw figs-nominaladj πλούσιοι 1 Mark is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression such as “rich people” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 12 41 p2kp figs-metonymy τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου…τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον 1 the temple offering box Mark is speaking of the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God. He associates the boxes with **the treasury**, the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes … the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 41 w4xc grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression such as “many people,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +MRK 12 41 jgkw figs-nominaladj πλούσιοι 1 Mark is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression such as “rich people,” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 12 41 rl1l figs-ellipsis πολλά 1 Mark is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “much money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 12 42 g6ry translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 1 two mites The word lepta is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin used by the Jews which was equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) +MRK 12 42 g6ry translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 1 two mites The word lepta is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin used by the Jews. It was equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or use a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) MRK 12 42 n29e translate-bmoney ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 1 are a quadrans A **quadrans** was the smallest Roman coin. Mark is seeking to help his readers, who are Roman, understand the value of **two leptas** in their currency. You could clarify in your translation that a **quadrans** is a Roman coin, as the UST does, or you can leave this information untranslated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) MRK 12 43 ipl1 translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he gives his reason for saying that. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving this verse to the end of the following verse. You would then present the combined verses as 43–44 as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) MRK 12 43 q124 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). From 0d92d3c9079b44ce52765a20a9fb88bdbd000e66 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 16:04:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 63/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 1d6d25120f..9a7e618a87 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1054,8 +1054,8 @@ MRK 12 41 w4xc grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 The word **crowd** is MRK 12 41 jgkw figs-nominaladj πλούσιοι 1 Mark is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression such as “rich people,” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 12 41 rl1l figs-ellipsis πολλά 1 Mark is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “much money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 12 42 g6ry translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 1 two mites The word lepta is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin used by the Jews. It was equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or use a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -MRK 12 42 n29e translate-bmoney ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 1 are a quadrans A **quadrans** was the smallest Roman coin. Mark is seeking to help his readers, who are Roman, understand the value of **two leptas** in their currency. You could clarify in your translation that a **quadrans** is a Roman coin, as the UST does, or you can leave this information untranslated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -MRK 12 43 ipl1 translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he gives his reason for saying that. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving this verse to the end of the following verse. You would then present the combined verses as 43–44 as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) +MRK 12 42 n29e translate-bmoney ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 1 are a quadrans A **quadrans** was the smallest Roman coin. Mark is seeking to help his readers, who are Roman, understand the value of **two leptas** in their own currency. You could clarify in your translation that a **quadrans** is a Roman coin, as the UST does, or you can leave this information untranslated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) +MRK 12 43 ipl1 translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he gives his reason for saying that. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving this verse to the end of the following verse. You would then present the combined verses as 43–44, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) MRK 12 43 q124 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). MRK 12 43 ih0m figs-metaphor ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ 1 Even though it is not literally true that the widow has put more money into the offering box than all the rich people, this is still not figurative language. As Jesus explains in the next verse, he means that she has put in proportionately more than all the others, relative to her means, and that is literally true. But Jesus makes the seemingly untrue statement first, to get his disciples to reflect on how it can be true. So it would be appropriate to translate Jesus’ words directly and not interpret them as if they were figurative. For example, it would be a figurative interpretation to say, “God considers what this poor widow has given to be more valuable than the gifts of all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 43 n8z5 figs-explicit πάντων…τῶν βαλλόντων 1 all of those putting into In context, **all** means specifically all of the rich people who were putting large monetary gifts in the collection boxes. Alternate translation: “all of those rich people putting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 9433af24aa141eb15bb2af60088519f2f4eb539e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 16:06:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 64/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 9a7e618a87..750ac1c9df 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ MRK 12 42 g6ry translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράν MRK 12 42 n29e translate-bmoney ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 1 are a quadrans A **quadrans** was the smallest Roman coin. Mark is seeking to help his readers, who are Roman, understand the value of **two leptas** in their own currency. You could clarify in your translation that a **quadrans** is a Roman coin, as the UST does, or you can leave this information untranslated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) MRK 12 43 ipl1 translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he gives his reason for saying that. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving this verse to the end of the following verse. You would then present the combined verses as 43–44, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) MRK 12 43 q124 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). -MRK 12 43 ih0m figs-metaphor ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ 1 Even though it is not literally true that the widow has put more money into the offering box than all the rich people, this is still not figurative language. As Jesus explains in the next verse, he means that she has put in proportionately more than all the others, relative to her means, and that is literally true. But Jesus makes the seemingly untrue statement first, to get his disciples to reflect on how it can be true. So it would be appropriate to translate Jesus’ words directly and not interpret them as if they were figurative. For example, it would be a figurative interpretation to say, “God considers what this poor widow has given to be more valuable than the gifts of all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 43 ih0m figs-metaphor ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ 1 Even though it is not literally true that the widow has put more money into the offering box than all the rich people, this is still not figurative language. As Jesus explains in the next verse, he means that she has put in proportionately more than all the others, relative to her means, and that is literally true. But Jesus makes the seemingly untrue statement first, using it to get his disciples to reflect on how it can be true. So it would be appropriate to translate Jesus’ words directly and not interpret them as if they were figurative. For example, it would be a figurative interpretation to say, “God considers what this poor widow has given to be more valuable than the gifts of all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 12 43 n8z5 figs-explicit πάντων…τῶν βαλλόντων 1 all of those putting into In context, **all** means specifically all of the rich people who were putting large monetary gifts in the collection boxes. Alternate translation: “all of those rich people putting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 12 43 n7su γαζοφυλάκιον 1 having called See how you translated the term **offering box** in [12:41](../12/41.md). MRK 12 44 c7jj grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces the reason for what Jesus said in [12:43](../12/43.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) From 528c50063d198360f9f791bcf3e2341528291319 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 16:07:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 65/65] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 750ac1c9df..7d9b6f53d3 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ MRK 12 43 n8z5 figs-explicit πάντων…τῶν βαλλόντων 1 all of MRK 12 43 n7su γαζοφυλάκιον 1 having called See how you translated the term **offering box** in [12:41](../12/41.md). MRK 12 44 c7jj grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces the reason for what Jesus said in [12:43](../12/43.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) MRK 12 44 ihuq ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον 1 Alternate translation: “had a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it” -MRK 12 44 ui9a αὕτη δὲ, ἐκ τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς, πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν ἔβαλεν, ὅλον τὸν βίον αὐτῆς 1 abundance Alternate translation: “but she only had a very little money but gave everything she had to live on” +MRK 12 44 ui9a αὕτη δὲ, ἐκ τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς, πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν ἔβαλεν, ὅλον τὸν βίον αὐτῆς 1 abundance Alternate translation: “but she who had only had a very little money gave everything she had to live on” MRK 12 44 l4tp τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς 1 her poverty Alternate translation: “her lack” or “the little she had” MRK 12 44 p3as τὸν βίον αὐτῆς 1 of her livelihood Alternate translation: “she had to survive on” MRK 13 intro ti7d 0 # Mark 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:24-25, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The return of Christ

Jesus said much about what would happen before he returned ([Mark 13:6-37](./06.md)). He told his followers that bad things would happen to the world and bad things would happen to them before he returned, but they needed to be ready for him to return at any time.